Annual Statements Open main menu

Teladoc Health, Inc. - Annual Report: 2017 (Form 10-K)

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

Form 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

 

or

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                      to

 

Commission File Number: 001-37477

 


 

TELADOC, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

 

Delaware

 

04-3705970

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

2 Manhattanville Road, Suite 203

 

 

Purchase, New York

 

10577

(Address of principal executive office)

 

(Zip code)

 

(203) 635-2002

(Registrant’s telephone number including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

       Title of Each Class               Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share The New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Not Applicable

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ☒  No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  ☐  No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required,to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ☒  No  ☐

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐ 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.) Yes  ☐  No  ☒

 

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $1,578,789,483. The registrant has no non-voting stock outstanding.

 

As of February 23, 2017, there were 61,726,438 shares of common stock outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 31, 2018 are incorporated by reference in response to Part III of this Report.

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

PART I  

 

 

    

ITEM 1. 

 

Business

2

ITEM 1A. 

 

Risk Factors

16

ITEM 1B. 

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

44

ITEM 2. 

 

Properties

44

ITEM 3. 

 

Legal Proceedings

44

ITEM 4. 

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

45

 

 

 

 

PART II 

 

 

 

ITEM 5. 

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

46

ITEM 6. 

 

Selected Financial Data

48

 

 

Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

49

ITEM 7. 

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

51

ITEM 7A. 

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

74

ITEM 8. 

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

74

ITEM 9. 

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

74

ITEM 9A. 

 

Controls and Procedures

74

ITEM 9B. 

 

Other Information

78

 

 

 

 

PART III 

 

 

 

ITEM 10. 

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

79

ITEM 11. 

 

Executive Compensation

79

ITEM 12. 

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

79

ITEM 13. 

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

79

ITEM 14. 

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

79

 

PART IV

 

 

 

ITEM 15. 

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

80

ITEM 16. 

 

Form 10-K Summary

80

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

81

 

SIGNATURES

84

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

F-1

 


 

 

 

 

 

1


 

Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Overview

 

Teladoc, Inc. is a Delaware corporation that was originally formed in Texas on June 13, 2002 and reincorporated in Delaware on October 16, 2008.

We are the largest and most trusted virtual healthcare provider in the world. Recognized by MIT Technology Review as one of the “50 Smartest Companies”, we are forging a new healthcare experience with better convenience, outcomes and value. We provide virtual access to high quality care and expertise, with a portfolio of services and solutions covering 450 medical subspecialties from non-urgent, episodic needs like flu and upper respiratory infections, to chronic, complicated medical conditions like cancer and congestive heart failure. By marrying the latest in data and analytics with an award-winning user experience and a highly flexible technology platform, we have delivered millions of medical visits to patients around the globe.

On July 14, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Best Doctors Holdings, Inc. (“Best Doctors”), an expert medical consultation company. Best Doctors provides technology innovations and services to help employers, health plans and provider organizations to improve health outcomes for the most complex, critical and costly medical issues.

Over 23 million unique Members now benefit from access to Teladoc 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. We completed approximately 1,463,000 telehealth visits in 2017 and approximately 952,000 telehealth visits in 2016. Paid membership increased by approximately 5.7 million members from December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2017 including the impact from Best Doctors.

Our portfolio of solutions transform the access, cost and quality dynamics of healthcare delivery for all of our market participants. Our Members rely on Teladoc for a single point of virtual access to resolution to a broad array of healthcare needs, ranging from the flu, to behavioral health to cancer, in an experience designed to meet the expectations of today’s consumers. Employers, health plans, provider organizations, insurance and financial services companies and consumers (our “Clients”) purchase our solutions to reduce their healthcare spending, or to provide a market differentiating service as a complement to their core set of consumer service offerings, while at the same time offering convenient, affordable, high-quality healthcare to their employees or beneficiaries.  

We believe the value proposition of our solutions is evidenced by our overall Member satisfaction rate of 90% over the last nine years. We further believe any consumer, employer, health plan or provider, insurance and financial service companies interested in a better approach to healthcare is a potential Teladoc Member, Client or Provider.

 

The U.S. healthcare system is experiencing a growing crisis of access, cost and quality of care due to inefficiencies in today’s healthcare system and barriers between participants. According to the National Association of Community Health Centers, or the NACHC, approximately 62 million individuals in the United States currently have no or inadequate access to primary care as a result of physician shortages. Absent convenient access to a primary care physician, individuals will most likely either not seek care at all or visit emergency rooms or urgent care clinics, the most expensive and often inefficient settings for their primary care needs.

 

These market dynamics impact not only the consumers seeking care, but also the health plans, employers and health systems that ultimately bear all or a portion of these costs. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or the CDC, there are approximately 1.25 billion ambulatory care visits in the United States per year, including those at primary care offices, hospital emergency rooms, outpatient clinics and other settings. We estimate that approximately 417 million, or 33%, of these visits could be treated through telehealth. We believe that the total addressable market for telehealth in the United States consists of the ambulatory care telehealth opportunity, a subset of visits currently delivered in urgent and retail care settings and care foregone by those currently not accessing the healthcare delivery system.

 

2


 

Table of Contents

Additionally, according to the US Department of Health and Human Services Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, or the AHRQ, there are approximately 168 million behavioral health visits completed in provider offices in the United States per year. We estimate that approximately 131 million, or 78%, of these visits could be treated through telehealth.

 

Innovators in other industries have solved access, cost and quality inefficiencies through the implementation of technology platforms and business models that deliver products and services on‑demand and create new economies by connecting and empowering both consumers and businesses. We have taken the same approach to solving the pervasive access, cost and quality challenges facing the current healthcare system. We believe we have created portfolio of solutions uniquely positioned to bridge the supply and demand gap between physicians and consumers by fundamentally changing the way market participants access and deliver healthcare—eliminating traditional barriers and inefficiencies between participants and empowering them to engage in a healthcare marketplace anytime, anywhere.

 

Our solution offers our Clients proven substantial savings opportunities and an attractive return on investment. A study we commissioned with Veracity Analytics, an independent healthcare data analytics company, to perform an independent study of several Clients representing nearly 2 million of our Members as of the end of 2016, found that these Clients saved $472 on average per visit when its Members received care through Teladoc instead of receiving care in other settings for the same diagnosis. Combined with average employee productivity savings of $46, estimated from data provided by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, we saved our Clients approximately $493 million in healthcare delivery costs in 2016.

 

We currently serve over 10,000 employers, health plans, health systems and other entities. These Clients collectively purchase access to our solution for more than 23.2 million Members. We believe our business to business to consumer, or B2B2C, distribution strategy is one of the most efficient methods to reach consumers and deliver telehealth to our Members. We have over 35 health plans as Clients, including some of the largest in the United States such as Aetna, Blue Shield of California, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama, Premera Blue Shield and UnitedAd. Health plans serve as Clients as well as distribution channels to self‑insured employer Clients that contract with us through a health plan relationship. Our employer Clients include over 40% of the Fortune 1000 companies. The remainder of our Clients are from channel partners such as brokers, resellers and consultants who sell into a range of small, medium and large enterprises.

 

We generate revenue from our Clients on a contractually recurring, per-Member-per-month, subscription access fee basis, which provides us with significant revenue visibility. In addition, we generate additional revenue on a per-telehealth general medical visit basis, through a visit fee. Certain of our Client contracts generate revenue for expert second opinions on a per case basis. Subscription access fees are paid by our Clients on behalf of their employees, dependents, policy holders, card holders, beneficiaries or themselves, while general medical and other specialty visit fees are paid by either Clients or Members. We generated revenue of $233.3 million (including $47.0 million from Best Doctors), $123.2 million and $77.4 million in revenue in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing 89% and 59% year‑over‑year growth from 2016 to 2017 and from 2015 to 2016, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 85% and 15% of our revenue were derived from subscription access fees and visit fees, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, 82% and 18% of our revenue were derived from subscription access fees and visit fees, respectively. We believe these results are representative of the value proposition we can provide the broader U.S. healthcare system.

 

Our Opportunity

 

Barriers and inefficiencies in the current U.S. healthcare system present market participants with three major challenges: (i) consumers lack sufficient access to high‑quality, cost‑effective healthcare at appropriate sites of care, while bearing an increasing share of costs; (ii) employers and health plans lack an effective solution that reduce costs while enhancing healthcare access for beneficiaries; and (iii) providers lack flexibility to increase productivity by delivering care on their own terms. Market participants are therefore increasingly unable to effectively and efficiently receive, deliver or administer healthcare. At the same time, the emergence of technology platforms solving massive structural challenges in other industries has highlighted the need for a similar solution in healthcare. We believe there is a significant opportunity to solve these challenges through trusted solutions, such as ours, that match consumer demand

3


 

Table of Contents

and physician supply at the time of need, provide consumers access to medical opinions from leading global experts, and offer health plans and employers attractive, cost-effective healthcare alternatives for their beneficiaries.

 

Growing Healthcare Access Crisis for Consumers

 

Consumers in the United States are increasingly challenged to obtain access to affordable healthcare at appropriate sites of care when care is most needed.  According to a 2017 Merritt Hawkins study, the average lead time to see a primary care physician across various metro areas was 29 days. We also believe issues around access are projected to get worse. A 2017 study from IHS Markit prepared for the Association of American Medical Colleges found that physician demand continues to grow faster than supply, resulting in a projected total physician shortfall of up to 104,900 physicians by 2030, including a shortage of approximately 43,100 primary care physicians. We believe this projection is supported by the 2016 Survey of America’s Physicians, in which 80.6% of physicians describe themselves as either over-extended or at full capacity. Expected population growth and aging, and the projected gap between supply and demand for access to healthcare services, will place additional pressure on an already overburdened healthcare system that lacks physician capacity and diagnoses-appropriate access points.

 

This access crisis has resulted in U.S. consumers either seeking care at inappropriate, more costly settings such as hospital emergency rooms, or foregoing needed care entirely. A 2015 survey from the American College of Emergency Physicians found that almost 50% of physicians polled stated that demands for care coordination including emergency department visits are increasing due to increased difficulty in finding or arranging timely follow-up with primary care physicians and/or specialists. In the same survey, 70% of physicians polled also noted that they believe their emergency department is not adequately prepared for potentially substantial increases in patient volume.

 

In addition to challenges finding care, consumers also face challenges accessing the highest-quality care. Owing to reasons ranging from complexity of symptoms, the unusual nature of disease, or physician expertise, medical diagnoses are often incorrect. A 2017 study by the Mayo Clinic published in Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice showed that among a sample of cases that had been referred for second opinions, in 12% of cases the final diagnoses matched the primary diagnoses, in 66% of cases the final diagnoses refined the primary diagnoses, and in 21% of cases the final diagnoses were materially different than the primary diagnoses. Reducing unnecessary treatment related to misdiagnosis has a significant impact on the quality and cost of care a patient receives.

 

Healthcare Cost Burden and Lack of Viable Options for Health Plans and Employers

 

The U.S. healthcare system is burdened by significant waste and extreme variations in access, cost and quality of care. A study published in The Journal of the American Medical Association estimates that approximately $734 billion, or 27%, of all healthcare spending in 2011 was wasted due to factors such as the provision of unnecessary services, inefficient delivery of care and inflated prices. When consumers are forced to seek care at inappropriate and more costly sites of care, those cost inefficiencies impact not only the consumer, but also the health plans and employers that ultimately bear all or a portion of these costs.

 

The costs and associated burdens on health plans, employers and consumers are only expected to increase. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, estimates U.S. national health expenditures reached $3.3 trillion, or approximately 17.9% of the U.S. GDP in 2016, and will reach approximately 19.9% of GDP by 2025. A survey from Milliman in 2017 noted that healthcare costs for an average American family of four exceeded $26,900 in 2017,  a 4.3% increase over 2016. A 2017 survey by the National Business Group on Health indicated that employers bear on average 70% of their employees’ healthcare costs and CMS forecasted U.S. employers spent approximately $660 billion on healthcare in 2015. Despite the significant amount of dollars spent, U.S. healthcare outcomes remain inferior relative to those of many other countries.

 

The unsustainable levels of spending on healthcare and extreme inefficiencies in the system have driven an increased focus by employers and health plans to control healthcare expenditures. Governments, private insurance companies and self-insured employers, are implementing meaningful cost containment measures, including shifting financial responsibility to patients through higher co-pays and deductibles and delivering healthcare through alternative, more cost-effective methods. According to a 2017 survey by America’s Health Insurance Plans (AHIP), as of January

4


 

Table of Contents

2016, over 20 million Americans were enrolled in HSA-Qualified High-Deductible Health Plans, a 76% increase since 2011. The increasing shift of financial responsibility to patients coupled with increased pricing transparency has, in turn, heightened beneficiary focus on healthcare alternatives. As consumers take responsibility for a larger share of their healthcare costs and spend more on healthcare services, they are also demanding higher quality care, greater control in how and where they receive care, increased convenience and more service for every dollar spent.

 

Challenging Environment for Physicians is Constraining Supply

 

In response to increasing pressures, physicians are reducing access to healthcare in multiple ways. The 2016 Survey of America’s Physicians indicated that 48% of physicians plan to take steps to limit access to their practices, including cutting back on the number of patients seen, working part‑time, closing their practices to new members, seeking non‑clinical jobs or retiring. Notably, 47% of surveyed physicians indicated they plan to accelerate retirement given changes in the healthcare environment. A study by Physicians for a National Health Program showed medical billing paperwork and insurance‑related red tape cost the United States economy approximately $471 billion in 2012, 80% of which was wasted due to inefficiency. These constraints have driven physicians to seek more control over the way they deliver care to new and existing patients, increase their income and reduce the amount of time they spend on administration.

 

Physicians have responded to these challenges by shifting payment models and patient mix. Medscape’s 2017 Physician Compensation Report showed a 100% increase from 2012 to 2017 in the percent of physicians transitioning to cash-only models, no longer accepting insurance. A 2017 Merritt Hawkins study found that 47.0% of physicians in the United States’ 15 largest cities are not accepting new Medicaid patients. We believe there is a significant opportunity for a single source solution that addresses these physician needs.

 

Opportunity to Remove Barriers Through an Innovative Platform that Benefits All Participants

 

We believe we have a significant opportunity to solve access, cost and quality of care challenges through a platform that matches consumer demand and physician availability in real-time and asynchronously, and in various modalities such as video, web, mobile and telephone, while offering health plans and employers an attractive, cost-effective alternative for their beneficiaries through our platform. As consumerism in healthcare increases and consumers and providers become accustomed to on-demand services in other industries, they are similarly demanding technology-powered solutions for their healthcare needs. The emergence and subsequent rapid adoption of technologies such as big data and analytics, cloud-based solutions, online video and mobile applications represents an enormous opportunity for healthcare innovation. We believe the confluence of consumer empowerment, emergence of broad technology solutions and focus by all constituents on providing high-quality, cost-effective healthcare creates a unique opportunity for a disruptive platform that transforms the way consumers access, providers deliver and employers and health plans administer high-quality, cost-efficient healthcare.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following are our key competitive strengths.

 

Leading and Only Comprehensive Virtual Care Delivery Solution

 

We service the full spectrum of healthcare market segments via our integrated technology platform, high quality Provider network, sophisticated consumer engagement strategies and entrenched distribution channels. We have a portfolio of strong brands, established strong relationships with Clients and are the global market leader in virtual healthcare delivery. Our history of innovation and long standing operations provide us with a significant first mover advantage, including what we believe are the following telehealth industry firsts and only:

 

·

Integrated Flexible Technology Platform.  We were the first to build a highly scalable, integrated, API driven technology platform for virtual care delivery, with multiple real time payor integrations. Our platform’s application program interface or API, powers external connectivity and deep integration with a wide range of payors, third party applications and other interfaces and uniquely positions us to be a central

5


 

Table of Contents

partner in the rapidly emerging, technology powered healthcare industry.  In addition, our licensing model enables hospitals and health systems to leverage private instances of our technology and their providers to deliver telemedicine visits to their local populations. These clients can choose to enable automated rollover capabilities to the Teladoc provider network for fulfillment during off hours or when their providers are not available. Most of these implementations incorporate deep integration with the hospital or health system’s EMR platform for scheduling and bi-directional clinical data sharing.

 

·

High Quality Provider Network.  We were the first to deliver nationwide access to board certified physicians 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year and establish over 100 proprietary Evidence Based clinical guidelines specifically designed for the virtual delivery of care. In addition, we are the first telehealth company to have received certification by the National Committee for Quality Assurance, or the NCQA, an independent, not for profit, healthcare oriented organization founded in 1990 dedicated to improving healthcare quality and verifying adherence to national standards of excellence in the provision of healthcare for our physician credentialing processes. We have implemented the highest credentialing requirements resolutions and implemented ongoing quality review processes, ensuring quality interactions and outcomes.

 

·

Consumer Engagement Strategies.  Through our surround sound capabilities, we drive awareness and utilization via innovative media strategies designed to reach Members in home, on the go and in their moments of need, across all our client populations. We were the first to implement sophisticated behavioral analytics and predictive modeling to better understand our Members and to drive increased engagement with Teladoc. Our predictive models allow us to identify Members most likely to use our solution and to improve outcomes and serve as the basis of our messaging, which increases the frequency and richness of Member interactions. Our consumer engagement strategies are supported by our industry first self service communications portals that provide clients across all market segments access to a robust suite of fully customizable engagement assets; our client portals were accessed more than 100,000 times in 2017. Our commitment and execution of these innovative strategies has contributed to our track record of industry-setting visit milestones, and unmatched utilization rates for our clients.

 

6


 

Table of Contents

The following graphic outlines the simple, convenient and intuitive Teladoc Member experience supported by our integrated, scalable and responsive solution:

 

Picture 4

Innovative Technology Platform

 

Our integrated solution positions us at the center of the patient, provider and payor relationship and as a key participant in the rapidly emerging, technology powered healthcare industry. We continually incorporate new product features into our platform to meet the evolving needs of the highly complex healthcare industry. We believe our technology platform contains several differentiating features, including the following:

 

·

Purpose‑Built.  Our platform is built specifically to serve the needs of consumers, employers and health plans and providers. We believe that ours is the only platform that incorporates the core functionality required to offer telehealth in a single system. Our platform features predictive modeling, automated complex routing, queuing and scheduling and is currently capable of supporting over 100 million Members. Our ability to scale is supported by our proprietary telehealth algorithms that dynamically and efficiently match our Members’ demand and our Providers’ capacity in real time.

 

·

Integration and Interoperability.  Our fully functional application program interface, or API powers external connectivity, and we have deep integration with other premier healthcare solutions, including electronic prescribing, real time eligibility, laboratory testing, payment and administration, care

7


 

Table of Contents

coordination and cost transparency. In addition, we pride ourselves on what we believe is unmatched integration with the payor community that enables us to uniquely provide real time eligibility checking, real time Member financial liability calculations and clinical data exchange.

 

·

Customization for Members, Clients and Providers.  Each of our constituents has their own purpose built interface. Our Members benefit from the ability to manage their own electronic medical record, or EMR, a secure message center, provider finder, drug discount finder, image upload and real time sharing capability with Providers, visit scheduling, single sign on and fully interoperable native iOs and Android apps. We offer our Clients low implementation effort, custom integrations, interfaces and custom co branded landing pages, self service portals, robust reporting data and custom data extracts. Our Providers benefit from our easy to use EMR and visit queue, proprietary telehealth guidelines, e prescribing and a range of other features and functions such as auto complete symptoms, diagnoses and billing codes.

 

 Highly Scalable Platform

 

Our platform is highly scalable and can currently provide the same level of Member support and response time for upwards of 50,000 visits per day versus our current rate of over 7,000 visits per day on average. Similarly, our platform is currently equipped to serve over 100 million Members. Further, our platform has been built to accommodate the seamless and quick introduction of new services and products, such as behavioral health, dermatology, expert second opinions, laboratory testing and other services that are currently in the development stages. We have the ability to respond quickly to evolving market needs with innovative solutions, such as mobile applications, biometric devices, mobile geofencing and at‑home testing, to enhance our solution and support our leadership position. We believe our highly scalable platform provides us with significant growth opportunities within our existing membership and client bases and allows us to grow with low capital expenditure requirements.

 

 Clinical Capabilities Tailored to Telehealth

 

We believe that by directly recruiting, credentialing, training and contracting with our Providers we have built our clinical capabilities in a manner that supports the operational complexity of and commitment to clinical quality required in telehealth. Our physician Providers are board‑certified with an average of 20 years of experience and are credentialed through an NCQA‑certified process. The NCQA’s accreditation process involves a comprehensive on‑site and off‑site review by a team of physicians and managed care experts that evaluates more than 60 quality‑related healthcare standards, including quality management and improvement and utilization management. The results of the evaluation are reviewed by the NCQA’s National Review Oversight Committee prior to their assigning an accreditation level. The NCQA’s requirements are developed with the input and support of health plans, providers, purchasers, unions and consumer groups. The NCQA’s accreditation process is not telehealth specific; rather, since its formation in 1990, the NCQA established, and consistently updates, its quality standards and performance measures for a broad range of healthcare entities by building consensus around important health care quality issues. In determining its quality standards and performance measures, the NCQA works with large employers, policymakers, doctors, patients and health plans to determine areas of focus and how to promote improvement within them. Health plans in every state, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico are NCQA accredited. According to the NCQA, these certified plans cover 109 million Americans, or 70.5% of all Americans enrolled in health plans.

 

Our clinical capabilities are designed specifically for telehealth. For example, our Members have the option to share a record of every visit and their EMR with their existing primary care physicians. In circumstances where a Member reports that they do not have a primary care physician, the Teladoc Provider educates the Member on the importance of establishing this relationship. Prior to every visit, the Provider reviews the Member’s proprietary EMR and certifies to this review by completing a multi‑step checklist. During and following the visit, the Provider may reference our over 100 proprietary Evidence Based clinical guidelines and other telehealth‑specific content. In addition, Members and Providers remain connected following visits. Members receive personalized notes, patient education materials and are able to ask questions of our clinical team via the Teladoc Message Center. Approximately 10% of all physician visits are reviewed by our clinical quality assurance staff to ensure adherence to appropriate treatment and prescription patterns. We believe our track record of zero medical malpractice claims is a testament to our Providers’ clinical quality.

8


 

Table of Contents

 Well‑Established Distribution Channels and Strategic Alliances

 

We have developed sales channels and strategic alliances which we believe provide an opportunity to sell our solution through trusted partners. Our solution is sold through a highly efficient and effective B2B2C distribution network wherein we reach consumers through our Clients and channel partners rather than marketing our solution directly to potential Members. We sell through a direct sales force to our Clients who in turn buy our solution on behalf of their beneficiaries. In addition, a range of third‑parties including brokers, agents, benefits consultants and resellers, whom we refer to as channel partners, sell our solution to various end markets. Notably, many of our health plan Clients also act as channel partners because they resell our solution to their administrative service only or ASO accounts and other customers, we also market our behavioral services directly to consumers through digital advertising campaigns. We believe the breadth of our distribution strategy allows us to directly reach consumers and also employers of nearly every size and in nearly every market, which are capable of purchasing our solution for a large number of beneficiaries, rather than attempting to sell our solution one consumer at a time.

 

Our Growth Strategies

 

The following are our key growth strategies.

 

   Expand Our Comprehensive Virtual Care Delivery Platform

 

Teladoc is creating a new paradigm for how consumers access healthcare. We are delivering a single solution to address the complete spectrum of conditions from non-critical, episodic care to chronic, complicated cases. Our mission is to become the central and trusted source for our Clients and Members to address the broadest array of healthcare needs, on their terms, anytime, anywhere. We refer to Teladoc’s integrated offering as our comprehensive Virtual Care Delivery Platform. Our Virtual Care Delivery Platform matches the expectations of today’s digital consumer with a new kind of healthcare experience, leveraging expansive digital clinical services, deep integration with the broader healthcare ecosystem, powerful data & analytics, device & wearables integration and ubiquitous entry points, all of them wrapped in our Surround Sound marketing to drive behavior change and engagement. Our suite of clinical services ranges from high volume, lower acuity offerings such as general medical, dermatology, behavioral health, tobacco cessation, and sexual health to lower volume, higher acuity offerings for Expert Second Opinions, Treatment Decision Support, Critical Care support, Specialty Pharmacy cost containment, and Oncology Insights with IBM Watson. 

 

Picture 6

We believe that our Virtual Care Delivery Platform addresses significant unmet needs. According to the 2012 white paper from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, approximately 46 million adults in the U.S. suffer from mental illness with more than 11 million adults reporting an unmet need for mental healthcare. Compounding this unmet need, the shortage of psychiatrists and behavioral health resources has become acute nationwide. According to a 2014 Merritt Hawkins report, psychiatrists are essentially aging out of the workforce, with over 70% of psychiatrists 50 years of age or older. The Teladoc provider network underpinning the Virtual Care Delivery Platform addresses the challenges of the current healthcare environment by offering our Clients & Members 24/7/265, on-demand access to

9


 

Table of Contents

over 3,000 board-certified physicians and behavioral health professionals who treat a wide range of conditions and cases. With the addition of the Best Doctors global network, consisting of 50,000+ medical experts in more than 450 medical specialties, we are able to offer solutions to our Members for a range of critical, life-threatening cases such as cancer, musculoskeletal conditions, inflammatory disorders, heart conditions, chronic pain, and many other chronic, complex, and critical medical issues. Finally, we also offer direct-to-Member access to behavioral health professionals who treat conditions such as anxiety and depression.  By bringing these provider networks together under our Virtual Care Delivery Platform, we believe we have created an unrivaled offering that will enable the continued expansion of our product portfolio and solve the biggest challenges of our Clients and Members.

 

   Increase Engagement with Our Members by Driving Expanded Access & Enhanced Touch Points

 

We believe there is significant opportunity within our existing membership base to increase engagement by continually driving awareness of and loyalty to our solution. We believe our Virtual Care Delivery Platform can become the single source for on-demand, virtual care for our Members. We will continually refine and enhance our user experience, which is a critical driver of new and repeat engagement and we will continue validating our Member satisfaction with surveys and other proactive tools. We are also building robust data repositories to strengthen our predictive models and multi-channel marketing strategies to provide a more complete picture of our Members, enhancing our ability to lead targeted and purposeful campaigns. We will continue to invest heavily in marketing technologies that allow us to increase Member touch-points. In addition, we will continue to actively engage Clients in benefit design, worksite marketing and executive sponsorship strategies to drive awareness about our solution.

 

Our mobile app is foundational for Teladoc as we have redefined virtual care delivery and are providing our Members with a better way to navigate their individual care. In 2017, we launched an integrated mobile experience for our joint Teladoc and Best Doctors clients. Our Members now benefit from a single, patient-centered point of access to our Virtual Care Delivery Platform. Further, Consumers are increasingly using mobile devices to take control of their healthcare journey, with nearly 74% of Teladoc visits being requested through mobile. Our new integrated app experience enables our Members to meet their care needs, whenever and wherever they are, removing the complexities of accessing care. As we expand the range of products and services available to our Members, we are investing in a seamless, relevant, and personalized mobile experience that provides smart guidance for our Members. Members will only need to express their healthcare need through a user-friendly, AI-supported, guided interface, and they will be presented with the optimal product or pathway to meet that need.

 

 Expand Our Membership with New and Existing Clients

 

We believe that we offer a highly differentiated suite of solutions for a broad range of market segments, spanning the spectrum of traditional healthcare system participants such as employers, health plans and health systems as well as global financial services businesses and other organizations that have extended their investment in our industry. We intend to increase our membership by adding additional Members from both existing Clients, which we refer to as whitespace, and from new Clients. We plan to execute this strategy by further penetrating existing relationships and by pursuing new relationships through our distribution channels and an expanded sales team. Within existing accounts, we believe our current membership represents only a fraction of the potential Members available to us. Our existing health plan Clients and self‑insured Clients associated with these health plans currently purchase our solution for only a small percentage of their beneficiaries in the aggregate, and we estimate this provides us the opportunity to grow our membership base by more than 50 million individuals by expanding our penetration within our existing Clients alone. Similarly, we have 291 Fortune 1000 Clients, representing a significant opportunity for new Client growth with large employers. A key focus for us in 2018 will be to cross-sell and upsell these Clients our full suite of services. We are investing heavily in new marketing technologies and support staff to aid our sales force in penetrating existing accounts, lead generation, new Client generation and implementations. We further believe that as market leader, we have a strong, established brand and are uniquely positioned to capitalize on the B2C channel in the future.

 

   Leverage Existing Sales Channels and Penetrate New Markets

 

We have developed a highly effective and efficient global distribution network. In our core, traditional markets we are targeting large employers and health plans while simultaneously committing incremental sales and marketing

10


 

Table of Contents

resources to small medium business (“SMB”) sales channel to increase our penetration within this market. Additionally, we intend to further penetrate the provider market, notably hospitals and group physician practices, as we believe our solution offers these markets an attractive platform from which to generate substantial income by acquiring new patients and to better participate in emerging risk‑sharing and value‑based payment models, such as Accountable Care Organizations and Patient‑Centered Medical Homes. Most recently, we made a significant advancement into international markets through our acquisition of Best Doctors. This international Client base, largely comprised of global financial services companies, provides fertile ground for expansion of our product portfolio through existing partners in attractive markets where our infrastructure is already in place. We have preliminarily embarked on exploring the global expansion of telehealth through this new distribution network.

 

   Expand Across Care Settings & Use Cases

 

We intend to expand our solution across use cases and additional care settings. In particular, we plan to leverage our newly acquired Best Doctors network to significantly expand our scope. We also continually explore ancillary opportunities to broaden our business. We believe our services have wide applicability across new use cases, including home care, post discharge, wellness/screening and new areas in chronic care. We are also currently extending or have already offered to our Members additional range and functionality of our benefits applications, and will continue to respond quickly to evolving market needs with innovative solutions, including mobile applications, biometric devices and at‑home testing.

 

 Expand Through Focused Acquisitions

 

We plan to continue to leverage our know‑how and the scale of our platform to selectively pursue acquisitions. To date, we have completed six acquisitions that have expanded our distribution capabilities and broadened our service offering, including into areas such as behavioral health. Our acquisition strategy is centered on acquiring products, capabilities, clinical specialties, technologies and distribution channels that are highly scalable and rapidly growing. We will continue to evaluate and pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our business.

 

Technology and Operations

 

Our integrated technology platform supports rapid and efficient access to, and evaluation of, information from a variety of healthcare network participants. It has a user friendly interface designed to empower Members and dependents to remotely access healthcare whenever and wherever each individual chooses (via mobile devices, the Internet, video and phone).

 

Our enterprise scale platform is architected for sharing clinical and non clinical data in real time among the Teladoc constituents, which include: Members, Providers, provider network operations centers staff, nurses, SureScripts (for electronic medication prescription writing, routing and fulfillment) and health plans for real time Member eligibility verification , financial responsibility calculations, claims processing, clinical summaries and clinical alerts.

 

The Teladoc Provider network leverages our technology platform for managing custom visit queues that automatically and instantly route requested visits to the appropriate Providers based upon proprietary algorithms. Providers use our Internet based application or iOs app for viewing their visit queue, scheduling visits and following the proprietary Teladoc workflow for reviewing Members’ medical history and symptoms, documenting the completed visits, e Prescribing, if appropriate, and sending applicable medical content with follow up instructions to the Member via a secure message center.

 

We use data and analytics to predict demand patterns by geography and we recruit and manage our Provider network to meet the demands of our members. Our complex algorithms enable us to effectively manage/allocate supply and onboard Providers to meet demand while maintaining one hour guaranteed response times, with a median response time of less than ten minutes.

 

11


 

Table of Contents

Additionally, our platform’s external connectivity and easy integration with EMR and outside systems extends its functionality and customer features, which include:

 

·

Member real‑time eligibility and financial liability;

 

·

clinical alerts, including gaps in care integration;

 

·

partner integration and operability;

 

·

clinical data exchange (including, biometrics and visit information); and

 

·

a fully functional RESTful API.

 

REST is a stateless, scalable web services architecture that utilizes open communication standards such as HTTP and HTTPS, and has been widely adopted for system to system communications. Having a documented set of RESTful API’s enables our Clients and Members to access our solution using a custom or existing website or mobile app. For example, a Teladoc health plan Client can offer its Members the ability to access our solution through their existing Member portal. Members can also register for Teladoc, complete their medical history, select a pharmacy and request a visit without having to access the Teladoc Member site. All of these functions are provided via the Client’s website or mobile app that completes system calls to the Teladoc API to process the requests.

 

The following graphic displays our robust technology architecture that supports our proprietary platforms that service our lines of business:

 

Picture 2

 

12


 

Table of Contents

The primary goal of our integrated platform architecture is to provide a single member experience for our clients whether they have purchased one or several of our service offerings. This is accomplished via an enterprise services based architecture that isolates functional capabilities into independent, standalone service pods that can be accessed by our member facing web and mobile properties. These services can also be accessed by partners that desire tighter integrations with seamless experiences for their members through Single Sign on (SSO), our SDK and our APIs. These pods can be independently managed and scaled to meet varying usage requirements.

 

We host portions of our application platforms and rely on cloud partners for our infrastructure to serve our users. For the non-cloud based infrastructure, we utilize two redundant data centers in geographically diverse locations. We rely on third party vendors to operate these data centers, which are designed to host computer systems that require high levels of availability and have redundant subsystems and compartmentalized security zones. We utilize commercially available hardware for our data center servers. Due to the sensitive nature of our Members and Clients’ data, we have a heightened focus on data security and protection. We have a rigorous and comprehensive information security program managed by a dedicated department of security engineers and analysts. We have implemented telehealth industry standard processes, policies and tools through all levels of our software development and network administration, including regularly scheduled vulnerability scanning and third party penetration testing in order to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities in our system. On an annual basis, we also undergo independent, third party HIPAA and SSAE 16 audits, and we achieved HiTRUST certification in 2017 (https://hitrustalliance.net/).

 

Systems are actively monitored for any signs of unusual behavior and preemptive action is taken when necessary. Encrypted backup files are transmitted over secure connections to a redundant server storage device in a secondary data center. Our data center facilities employ advanced measures to ensure physical integrity, including redundant power and cooling systems, advanced fire and flood prevention, and 24x7 security guards.

 

We have also successfully grown our business to a level that supports the establishment of three Teladoc owned provider network operations centers that were opened in December 2016 (Phoenix, AZ) and August 2015 (Lewisville, TX) as well as in July 2017 (Quincy, MA) as a result of the Best Doctors acquisition. Through these internal operations centers, our employees service Teladoc Members and Clients with expanded customer service, compliance monitoring, provider network operations as well as other business support functions.

 

The three centers operate on a hosted virtual call center platform providing intelligent call routing across the centers for inbound and outbound member and client services in a geo-redundant enterprise 24 X 7 X 365. Through the platform, the centers operate as one in a virtual environment providing better time zone coverage, resource optimization, and disaster recovery roll-over.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We sell our services principally through our direct sales organization. Our direct sales team is comprised of enterprise‑focused field sales professionals who are organized by geography and account size. Our field professionals are supported by a sales operations staff, including product technology experts, lead generation professionals and sales data experts. We maintain relationships with key industry participants including benefit consultants, brokers, group purchasing organizations and health plan and hospital partners.

 

We generate Client leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing programs. Our marketing programs target human resource, benefits and finance executives in addition to technology and health professionals, senior business leaders and healthcare channel partners. Our principal marketing programs include use of our website to provide information about our company and our solution, as well as learning opportunities for potential Members; demand generation; field marketing events; integrated marketing campaigns comprised of direct email and online advertising; and participation in industry events, trade shows and conferences.

 

13


 

Table of Contents

Clients and Members

 

Our Clients consist of (i) employers, including 291 Fortune 1000 companies, (ii) health plans and (iii) health systems and other entities. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 10,000 Clients and our services reached over 23.2 million Members. The following is a selection of our Clients:

 

·

employers, such as Accenture, Bank of America, General Mills, Pepsi, and T‑Mobile;

 

·

health plans, such as Aetna, Premera, Blue Shield of California, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama, UnitedAg, Universal American,  Highmark Inc. and CareFirst of Maryland, Inc.; and

 

·

health systems, such as Einstein Healthcare Network, Silver Cross Hospital and Highmark Inc.

 

Within existing accounts, we believe our current membership represents only a fraction of the potential Members available to us. For example, our existing health plan Clients and self‑insured Clients associated with these health plans currently purchase our solution for only a small percentage of their beneficiaries in aggregate, reflecting a significant opportunity for membership growth. We believe there are in excess of 50 million potential Members within these existing Clients alone.

 

Research and Development

 

Our ability to compete depends, in large part, on our continuous commitment to rapidly introduce new services, technologies, features and functionality. Our product development team, which as of December 31, 2017, consisted of 115 employees, is responsible for the design, development, testing and certification of our solution. In addition, we utilize certain third‑party development services to perform application development and design services. We focus our efforts on developing new products and further enhancing the usability, functionality, reliability, performance and flexibility of our solution.

 

Competition

 

We view as our competitors those companies that currently (or in the future will) (i) develop and market telehealth technology (devices and systems) or (ii) provide telehealth, such as the delivery of on‑demand access to healthcare. In the provision of telehealth, competition focuses on, among other factors, experience in operation, customer service, quality of technology and know‑how and reputation. Competitors in the telehealth market include MDLive, Inc., American Well Corporation and Grand Rounds, Inc., among other smaller industry participants.

 

Teladoc Physicians, P.A.

 

We contract for our providers’ services through the Services Agreement with Teladoc Physicians, P.A. or Teladoc PA, and, therefore, our telehealth providers are not our employees. Under the Services Agreement, we have agreed to serve, on an exclusive basis, as manager and administrator of Teladoc PA’s non‑medical functions and services related to the provision of the telehealth services by physicians employed by or under contract with Teladoc PA. Teladoc PA has agreed to provide our members, through its physicians, access to telehealth services and recommended treatment 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. The Services Agreement also requires Teladoc PA to maintain the state licensure and other credentialing requirements of its physicians. The non‑medical functions and services we provide under the Services Agreement primarily include member management services such as maintaining network operations centers for our members to request a visit with Teladoc PA’s physicians (our providers), member billing and collection administration and maintenance and storage of member medical records. Under the Services Agreement, Teladoc PA currently pays us an access fee of $25,000 per month for network operations center and medical records maintenance, a fixed fee of $65,000 per month for our provision of management and administrative services and a license fee of $10,000 per month for the non‑exclusive use of the Teladoc trade name. The Services Agreement has a 20‑year term and expires in February 2025 unless earlier terminated upon mutual agreement of the parties or unilaterally by a party following the commencement of bankruptcy or liquidation proceeds by the non‑terminating party, a material breach of the Services

14


 

Table of Contents

Agreement by the non‑terminating party or a governmental or judicial termination order related to the Services Agreement.

 

Regulation

 

For information regarding significant regulation that affects us, refer to “Regulatory Environment” of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and for a discussion of certain factors that may cause our actual results to differ from currently anticipated results in connection with regulation that affects us, see “Risk Factors” included in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

   

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had 1,231 employees. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or party to a collective bargaining agreement.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We own and use trademarks and service marks on or in connection with our services, including both unregistered common law marks and issued trademark registrations in the United States and around the world. We also have trademark applications pending to register marks in the United States and internationally. In addition, we rely on certain intellectual property rights that we license from third parties and on other forms of intellectual property rights and measures, including trade secrets, know‑how and other unpatented proprietary processes and nondisclosure agreements, to maintain and protect proprietary aspects of our products and technologies. Other than the trademarks Teladoc (and design) and Best Doctors (and design), we do not believe our business is dependent to a material degree on trademarks, patents, copyrights or trade secrets. We require our employees, consultants and certain of our contractors to execute confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements in connection with their employment or consulting relationships with us. We also require our employees and consultants to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived during the term of their employment or engagement while using our property or which relate to our business.

 

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, Teladoc is involved in various litigation matters arising out of the normal course of business. We consult with legal counsel on those issues related to litigation and seek input from other experts and advisors with respect to such matters. Estimating the probable losses or a range of probable losses resulting from litigation, government actions and other legal proceedings is inherently difficult and requires an extensive degree of judgment, particularly where the matters involve indeterminate claims for monetary damages, may involve discretionary amounts, present novel legal theories, are in the early stages of the proceedings, or are subject to appeal. Whether any losses, damages or remedies ultimately resulting from such matters could reasonably have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows will depend on a number of variables, including, for example, the timing and amount of such losses or damages (if any) and the structure and type of any such remedies. Teladoc’s management does not presently expect any litigation matters to have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Seasonality

 

We typically experience the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the fourth and first quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as a result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of a calendar year, or the start of each calendar year, the majority of our new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Additionally, as a result of national seasonal cold and flu trends, we experience our highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth quarters of each year when compared to other quarters of the year. Conversely, the second quarter of the year has historically been the period of

15


 

Table of Contents

lowest utilization of our Provider network services relative to the other quarters of the year. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.” included below in this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

Other

 

To the extent required by Item 1 of Form 10-K, the information contained in Item 7 of this Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference in this Item 1.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Our financial and operating results are subject to many significant risks and uncertainties, as described below. The following is a summary of the material risks known to us. There may be other material risks of which we are unaware.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our business could be adversely affected by legal challenges to our business model or by actions restricting our ability to provide the full range of our services in certain jurisdictions.

 

Our ability to conduct telehealth services and expert second-opinion reviews in a particular U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdiction is directly dependent upon the applicable laws governing remote care, the practice of medicine and healthcare delivery in general in such location which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. With respect to telehealth services, in the past, state medical boards have established new rules or interpreted existing rules in a manner that has limited or restricted our ability to conduct our business as it was conducted in other states. Some of these actions have resulted in litigation and the suspension or modification of our telehealth operations in certain states. With respect to expert second-opinion services, we believe we are correct in the view that they do not constitute the practice of medicine in any jurisdiction in which we provide them. However, the extent to which a U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdiction considers particular actions or relationships to constitute practicing medicine is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by (in the case of U.S. states) medical boards and state attorneys general, among others, and (in the case of non-U.S. jurisdictions) the relevant regulatory and legal authorities, each with broad discretion. Accordingly, we must monitor our compliance with law in every jurisdiction in which we operate, on an ongoing basis, and we cannot provide assurance that our activities and arrangements, if challenged, will be found to be in compliance with the law. Additionally, it is possible that the laws and rules governing the practice of medicine, including remote care, in one or more jurisdictions may change in a manner-deleterious to our business. If a successful legal challenge or an adverse change in the relevant laws were to occur, and we were unable to adapt our business model accordingly, our operations in the affected jurisdictions would be disrupted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In our U.S. telehealth business, we are dependent on our relationships with affiliated professional entities, which we do not own, to provide physician services, and our business would be adversely affected if those relationships were disrupted.

 

There is a risk that U.S. state authorities in some jurisdictions may find that our contractual relationships with our physicians providing telehealth violate laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine. These laws generally prohibit the practice of medicine by lay persons or entities and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons or entities from interfering with or inappropriately influencing the physician’s professional judgment. The extent to which each state considers particular actions or contractual relationships to constitute improper influence of professional judgment varies across the states and is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by state boards of medicine and state attorneys general, among others. As such, we must monitor our compliance with laws in every jurisdiction in which we operate on an ongoing basis and we cannot guarantee that subsequent interpretation of the corporate practice of medicine laws will not circumscribe our business operations. State corporate practice of medicine doctrines also often impose penalties on physicians themselves for aiding the corporate practice of medicine, which could discourage physicians from participating in our network of providers.

16


 

Table of Contents

 

The corporate practice of medicine prohibition exists in some form, by statute, regulation, board of medicine or attorney general guidance, or case law, in at least 42 states, all of which we operate in, though the broad variation between state application and enforcement of the doctrine makes an exact count difficult. Due to the prevalence of the corporate practice of medicine doctrine, including in the states where we predominantly conduct our business, we contract for provider services through a services agreement with Teladoc Physicians, P.A., which is a 100% physician‑owned independent entity that has agreements with several professional corporations, to contract with physicians and professional corporations that contract with physicians for the clinical and professional services provided to our members. We do not own Teladoc Physicians, P.A. or the professional corporations with which it contracts. Teladoc Physicians, P.A. is owned by Dr. Timothy Howard, one of our providers, and the professional corporations are owned by physicians licensed in their respective states. While we expect that these relationships will continue, we cannot guarantee that they will. A material change in our relationship with Teladoc Physicians, P.A., or among Teladoc Physicians, P.A. and the contracted professional corporations, whether resulting from a dispute among the entities, a change in government regulation, or the loss of these affiliations, could impair our ability to provide services to our members and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the arrangement in which we have entered to comply with state corporate practice of medicine doctrines could subject us to additional scrutiny by federal and state regulatory bodies regarding federal and state fraud and abuse laws. Any scrutiny, investigation, or litigation with regard to our arrangement with Teladoc Physicians, P.A. could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Evolving government regulations may require increased costs or adversely affect our results of operations.

 

In a regulatory climate that is uncertain, our operations may be subject to direct and indirect adoption, expansion or reinterpretation of various laws and regulations. Compliance with these future laws and regulations may require us to change our practices at an undeterminable and possibly significant initial monetary and recurring expense. These additional monetary expenditures may increase future overhead, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

We have identified what we believe are the areas of government regulation that, if changed, would be costly to us. These include: rules governing the practice of medicine by physicians; licensure standards for doctors and behavioral health professionals; laws limiting the corporate practice of medicine; cybersecurity and privacy laws; laws and rules relating to the distinction between independent contractors and employees; and tax and other laws encouraging employer‑sponsored health insurance and group benefits. There could be laws and regulations applicable to our business that we have not identified or that, if changed, may be costly to us, and we cannot predict all the ways in which implementation of such laws and regulations may affect us.

 

In the jurisdictions in which we operate, we believe we are in compliance with all applicable laws, but, due to the uncertain regulatory environment, certain jurisdictions may determine that we are in violation of their laws. In the event that we must remedy such violations, we may be required to modify our services and products in a manner that undermines our solution’s attractiveness to our clients, members or providers or experts, we may become subject to fines or other penalties or, if we determine that the requirements to operate in compliance in such jurisdictions are overly burdensome, we may elect to terminate our operations in such places. In each case, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Additionally, the introduction of new services may require us to comply with additional, yet undetermined, laws and regulations. Compliance may require obtaining appropriate licenses or certificates, increasing our security measures and expending additional resources to monitor developments in applicable rules and ensure compliance. The failure to adequately comply with these future laws and regulations may delay or possibly prevent some of our products or services from being offered to clients and members, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

17


 

Table of Contents

In the U.S., we conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with these laws and government regulations, we could incur penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations or experience adverse publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

The U.S. healthcare industry is heavily regulated and closely scrutinized by federal, state and local governments. Comprehensive statutes and regulations govern the manner in which we provide and bill for services and collect reimbursement from governmental programs and private payors, our contractual relationships with our providers, vendors and clients, our marketing activities and other aspects of our operations. Of particular importance are:

 

·

the federal physician self‑referral law, commonly referred to as the Stark Law, that, subject to limited exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with the entity, and prohibit the entity from billing Medicare or Medicaid for such designated health services;

 

·

the federal Anti‑Kickback Statute that prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration for referring an individual, in return for ordering, leasing, purchasing or recommending or arranging for or to induce the referral of an individual or the ordering, purchasing or leasing of items or services covered, in whole or in part, by any federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti‑Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

 

·

the criminal healthcare fraud provisions of the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, and related rules that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program or falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any material false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti‑Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

 

·

the federal False Claims Act that imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that knowingly submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement in order to have a false claim paid, including qui tam or whistleblower suits;

 

·

reassignment of payment rules that prohibit certain types of billing and collection practices in connection with claims payable by the Medicare or Medicaid programs;

 

·

similar state law provisions pertaining to anti‑kickback, self‑referral and false claims issues, some of which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third‑party payor, including commercial insurers;

 

·

state laws that prohibit general business corporations, such as us, from practicing medicine, controlling physicians’ medical decisions or engaging in some practices such as splitting fees with physicians;

 

·

laws that regulate debt collection practices as applied to our debt collection practices;

 

·

a provision of the Social Security Act that imposes criminal penalties on healthcare providers who fail to disclose or refund known overpayments;

 

18


 

Table of Contents

·

federal and state laws that prohibit providers from billing and receiving payment from Medicare and Medicaid for services unless the services are medically necessary, adequately and accurately documented, and billed using codes that accurately reflect the type and level of services rendered; and

 

·

federal and state laws and policies that require healthcare providers to maintain licensure, certification or accreditation to enroll and participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, to report certain changes in their operations to the agencies that administer these programs.

 

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. Failure to comply with these laws and other laws can result in civil and criminal penalties such as fines, damages, overpayment recoupment loss of enrollment status and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are sometimes open to a variety of interpretations. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations to our business or any other failure to comply with regulatory requirements could create liability for us and negatively affect our business. Any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and result in adverse publicity.

 

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, have recently increased their scrutiny of healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time‑ and resource‑consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, because of the potential for large monetary exposure under the federal False Claims Act, which provides for treble damages and mandatory minimum penalties of $5,500 to $11,000 per false claim or statement, healthcare providers often resolve allegations without admissions of liability for significant and material amounts to avoid the uncertainty of treble damages that may be awarded in litigation proceedings. Such settlements often contain additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree, settlement agreement or corporate integrity agreement. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers’ compliance with the healthcare reimbursement rules and fraud and abuse laws.

 

The laws, regulations and standards governing the provision of healthcare services may change significantly in the future. We cannot assure you that any new or changed healthcare laws, regulations or standards will not materially adversely affect our business. We cannot assure you that a review of our business by judicial, law enforcement, regulatory or accreditation authorities will not result in a determination that could adversely affect our operations.

 

Our international operations pose certain risks to our business that may be different from risks associated with our domestic operations.

 

Our international business is subject to risks resulting from differing legal and regulatory requirements, political, social and economic conditions and unforeseeable developments in a variety of jurisdictions. We have employees in eight countries, offices in the United States, Canada, Spain and Australia and clients across more than 100 countries worldwide. We earned approximately 8% of revenue internationally in 2017. Our international operations following are subject to particular risks in addition to those faced by our domestic operations, including:

 

·

the need to localize and adapt our solutions for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

 

·

potential loss of proprietary information due to misappropriation or laws that may be less protective of our intellectual property rights than U.S. laws or that may not be adequately enforced;

 

19


 

Table of Contents

·

requirements of foreign laws and other governmental controls, including compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, healthcare, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations;

 

·

data privacy laws that require that client data be stored and processed in a designated territory;

 

·

new and different sources of competition and laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

 

·

local business and cultural factors that differ from our normal standards and practices, including business practices that we are prohibited from engaging in by the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws and regulations;

 

·

changes to economic sanctions laws and regulations;

 

·

central bank and other restrictions on our ability to repatriate cash from international subsidiaries;

 

·

adverse tax consequences;

 

·

fluctuations in currency exchange rates, economic instability and inflationary conditions, which could make our solutions more expensive or increase our costs of doing business in certain countries;

 

·

limitations on future growth or inability to maintain current levels of revenues from international sales if we do not invest sufficiently in our international operations;

 

·

different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;

 

·

difficulties in staffing, managing and operating our international operations, including difficulties related to administering our stock plans in some foreign countries and increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

·

difficulties in coordinating the activities of our geographically dispersed and culturally diverse operations; and

 

·

political unrest, war, terrorism or regional natural disasters, particularly in areas in which we have facilities.

 

Our overall success in international markets depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these risks and there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so without incurring unexpected costs. If we are not able to manage the risks related to our international operations, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 

Our failure to comply with the anti-corruption, trade compliance and economic sanctions laws and

regulations of the United States and applicable international jurisdictions could materially adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

 

We must comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governments around the world with

jurisdiction over our operations, which may include the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the

“FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “Bribery Act'”), as well as the laws of the countries where we do business. These laws and regulations apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees and agents, and may restrict our operations, trade practices, investment decisions and partnering activities. Where they apply, the FCPA and the Bribery Act prohibit us and our officers, directors, employees and business partners acting on our behalf, including joint venture partners and agents, from corruptly offering, promising, authorizing or providing anything of value to public officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. The Bribery Act also prohibits non-governmental ‘‘commercial'' bribery and accepting bribes. As part of our

20


 

Table of Contents

business, we may deal with governments and state-owned business enterprises, the employees and representatives of which may be considered public officials for purposes of the FCPA and the Bribery Act.

 

We also are subject to the jurisdiction of various governments and regulatory agencies around the world, which may bring our personnel and agents into contact with public officials responsible for issuing or renewing permits, licenses or approvals or for enforcing other governmental regulations. In addition, some of the international locations in which we will operate lack a developed legal system and have elevated levels of corruption. Our business also must be conducted in compliance with applicable export controls and trade and economic sanctions laws and regulations, including those of the U.S. government, the governments of other countries in which we will operate or conduct business and various multilateral organizations. Such laws and regulations include, without limitation, those administered and enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce, the United Nations Security Council and other relevant sanctions authorities. Our provision of services to persons located outside the United States may be subject to certain regulatory prohibitions, restrictions or other requirements, including certain licensing or reporting requirements. Our provision of services outside of the United States exposes us to the risk of violating, or being accused of violating, anti-corruption, exports controls and trade compliance and economic sanctions laws and regulations. Our failure to successfully comply with these laws and regulations may expose us to reputational harm as well as significant sanctions, including criminal fines, imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions and suspension or debarment from government contracts, as well as other remedial measures. Investigations of alleged violations can be expensive and disruptive. Though we have implemented formal training and monitoring programs, we cannot assure compliance by our employees or representatives for which we may be held responsible, and any such violation could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our business is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates. Although our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, we operate in different geographical areas and transact in a range of currencies in addition to the U.S. dollar. As a result, movements in exchange rates may cause our revenue and expenses to fluctuate, impacting our profitability and cash flows. Future business operations and opportunities, including any continued expansion of our business outside the United States, may further increase the risk that cash flows resulting from these activities may be adversely affected by changes in currency exchange rates. In the event we are unable to offset these risks, there may be a material adverse impact on our business and operations. In appropriate circumstances where we are unable to naturally offset our exposure to these currency risks, we may enter into derivative transactions to reduce such exposures. Even where we implement hedging strategies to mitigate foreign currency risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and expertise, external costs to implement the strategies and potential accounting implications. Nevertheless, exchange rate fluctuations may either increase or decrease our revenues and expenses as reported in U.S. dollars. Moreover, foreign governments may restrict transfers of cash out of the country and control exchange rates. There can be no assurance that we will be able to repatriate our earnings, and at exchange rates that are beneficial to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business is subject to complex and evolving foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and other matters relating to information collection.

 

There are numerous foreign laws, regulations and directives regarding privacy and the collection, storage, transmission, use, processing, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable information (“PII”) and other personal or customer data, the scope of which is continually evolving and subject to differing interpretations. We must comply with such laws, regulations and directives and we may be subject to significant consequences, including penalties and fines, for our failure to comply. For example, the European Commission has enacted the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) that becomes effective in May 2018 and will supersede current European Union data protection legislation, impose more stringent European Union data protection requirements and provide for severe penalties for breach, which could be imposed directly on our European subsidiaries. In addition, recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and compliance uncertainty regarding certain transfers of information from Europe to the United States. We cannot be certain of the legitimacy of previously authorized data export mechanisms, including

21


 

Table of Contents

Standard Model Contractual Clauses, on which we and our customers have relied in exporting data to servers located in the United States. If one or more of the legal bases for transferring PII from Europe to the United States is invalidated, or if we are unable to transfer PII between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services or could adversely affect our financial results. Furthermore, any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with or make effective modifications to our policies, or to comply with any federal, state, or international privacy, data-retention or data-protection-related laws, regulations, orders or industry self-regulatory principles could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, a loss of customer confidence, damage to our brand and reputation, and a loss of customers, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative or regulatory bodies may enact new or additional laws and regulations concerning privacy, data-retention and data-protection issues, including laws or regulations mandating disclosure to domestic or international law enforcement bodies, which could adversely impact our business, our brand or our reputation with customers. For example, some countries have adopted laws mandating that PII regarding customers in their country be maintained solely in their country. Having to maintain local data centers and redesign product, service and business operations to limit PII processing to within individual countries could increase our operating costs significantly.

As we expand our international operations, we will increasingly face political, legal and compliance, operational, regulatory, economic and other risks that we do not face or are more significant than in our domestic operations. Our exposure to these risks is expected to increase.

 

As we expand our international operations, we will increasingly face political, legal and compliance, operational, regulatory, economic and other risks that we do not face or that are more significant than in our domestic operations. These risks vary widely by country and include varying regional and geopolitical business conditions and demands, government intervention and censorship, discriminatory regulation, nationalization or expropriation of assets and pricing constraints. Our international products need to meet country-specific client and member preferences as well as country-specific legal requirements, including those related to licensing, privacy, data storage, location, protection and security.

 

Our international operations increase our exposure to, and require us to devote significant management resources to implement controls and systems to comply with, the privacy and data protection laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions and the anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws of the United States (including the FCPA) and the United Kingdom (including the Bribery Act) and similar laws in other jurisdictions. Implementing our compliance policies, internal controls and other systems upon our expansion into new countries and geographies may require the investment of considerable management time and management, financial and other resources over a number of years before any significant revenues or profits are generated. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers or employees, restrictions or outright prohibitions on the conduct of our business, and significant brand and reputational harm. We must regularly reassess the size, capability and location of our global infrastructure and make appropriate changes, and must have effective change management processes and internal controls in place to address changes in our business and operations. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate these risks and manage these difficulties, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial position, brand, reputation and/or long-term growth.

 

Our international operations require us to overcome logistical and other challenges based on differing languages, cultures, legal and regulatory schemes and time zones. Our international operations encounter labor laws, customs and employee relationships that can be difficult, less flexible than in our domestic operations and expensive to modify or terminate. In some countries we are required to, or choose to, operate with local business partners, which requires us to manage our partner relationships and may reduce our operational flexibility and ability to quickly respond to business challenges.

 

 

22


 

Table of Contents

We have a history of cumulative losses, which we expect to continue, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

 

We have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception. We incurred net losses of $106.8 million, $74.2 million and $58.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $311.6 million. These losses and accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we made to acquire new clients, build our proprietary network of healthcare providers and develop our technology platform. We intend to continue scaling our business to increase our client, member and provider bases, broaden the scope of services we offer and expand our applications of technology through which members can access our services. Accordingly, we anticipate that cost of revenue and operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain or increase profitability. Our prior losses, combined with our expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings in order to fund our operations, and such capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all.

 

The impact of recent healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending on us is currently unknown, but may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our revenue is dependent on the healthcare industry and could be affected by changes in healthcare spending and policy. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or PPACA made major changes in how healthcare is delivered and reimbursed, and increased access to health insurance benefits to the uninsured and underinsured population of the United States.

 

The PPACA, among other things, increased the number of individuals with Medicaid and private insurance coverage, implemented reimbursement policies that tie payment to quality, facilitated the creation of accountable care organizations that may use capitation and other alternative payment methodologies, strengthened enforcement of fraud and abuse laws and encouraged the use of information technology.

 

Such changes in the regulatory environment may also result in changes to our payor mix that may affect our operations and revenue.

 

In addition, certain provisions of the PPACA authorize voluntary demonstration projects, which include the development of bundling payments for acute, inpatient hospital services, physician services and postacute services for episodes of hospital care. Further, the PPACA may adversely affect payors by increasing medical costs generally, which could have an effect on the industry and potentially impact our business and revenue as payors seek to offset these increases by reducing costs in other areas. The full impact of these changes on us cannot be determined at this time.

 

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments and other third‑party payors will pay for healthcare products and services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

A significant portion of our revenue comes from a limited number of clients, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Historically, we have relied on a limited number of clients for a substantial portion of our total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, no client represented more than 10% of our total revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our top ten clients by revenue accounted for 16.0%, 23.9% and 22.9% of our total revenue, respectively. We also rely on our reputation and recommendations from key clients in order to promote our solution to potential new clients. The loss of any of our key clients, or a failure of some of them to renew or expand their subscriptions, could have a significant impact on the growth rate of our revenue, reputation and our ability to obtain new

23


 

Table of Contents

clients. In addition, mergers and acquisitions involving our clients could lead to cancellation or non‑renewal of our contracts with those clients or by the acquiring or combining companies, thereby reducing the number of our existing and potential clients and members.

 

The telehealth market is immature and volatile, and if it does not develop, if it develops more slowly than we expect, if it encounters negative publicity or if our solution does not drive member engagement, the growth of our business will be harmed.

 

With respect to our telehealth services, the telehealth market is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain whether it will achieve and sustain high levels of demand, consumer acceptance and market adoption. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of our members to use, and to increase the frequency and extent of their utilization of, our solution, as well as on our ability to demonstrate the value of telehealth to employers, health plans, government agencies and other purchasers of healthcare for beneficiaries. Negative publicity concerning our solution or the telehealth market as a whole could limit market acceptence of our solution. If our clients and members do not perceive the benefits of our solution, or if our solution does not drive member engagement, then our market may not develop at all, or it may develop more slowly than we expect. Similarly, individual and healthcare industry concerns or negative publicity regarding patient confidentiality and privacy in the context of telehealth could limit market acceptance of our healthcare services. If any of these events occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

If the number of individuals covered by our employer, health plan and other clients decreases, or the number of applications or services to which they subscribe decreases, our revenue will likely decrease.

 

Under most of our client contracts, we base our fees on the number of individuals to whom our clients provide benefits and the number of applications or services subscribed to by our clients. Many factors may lead to a decrease in the number of individuals covered by our clients and the number of applications or services subscribed to by our clients, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

·

failure of our clients to adopt or maintain effective business practices;

 

·

changes in the nature or operations of our clients;

 

·

government regulations; and

 

·

increased competition or other changes in the benefits marketplace.

 

If the number of individuals covered by our employer, health plan and other clients decreases, or the number of applications or services to which they subscribe decreases, for any reason, our revenue will likely decrease.

 

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

 

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with third parties, including our partner organizations and technology and content providers. For example, we partner with a number of price transparency, health savings account, or HSA and other benefits platforms to deliver our solution to their consumers. Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to, or utilization of, our products and services. In addition, acquisitions of our partners by our competitors could result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential clients, as our partners may no longer facilitate the adoption of our applications by potential clients. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our results of operations may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased client use of our applications or increased revenue.

 

24


 

Table of Contents

Our telehealth business and growth strategy depend on our ability to maintain and expand a network of qualified providers. If we are unable to do so, our future growth would be limited and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

 

Our success is dependent upon our continued ability to maintain a network of qualified telehealth providers. If we are unable to recruit and retain board‑certified physicians and other healthcare professionals, it would have a material adverse effect on our business and ability to grow and would adversely affect our results of operations. In any particular market, providers could demand higher payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical costs, less attractive service for our clients or difficulty meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements. Our ability to develop and maintain satisfactory relationships with providers also may be negatively impacted by other factors not associated with us, such as changes in Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement levels and other pressures on healthcare providers and consolidation activity among hospitals, physician groups and healthcare providers. The failure to maintain or to secure new cost‑effective provider contracts may result in a loss of or inability to grow our membership base, higher costs, healthcare provider network disruptions, less attractive service for our clients and/or difficulty in meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may indicate growth, which could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

We have experienced significant growth in the last five years. Future revenues may not grow at these same rates or may decline. Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our revenue from existing clients, to complete sales to potential future clients, to expand our client and member bases, to develop new products and services and to expand internationally. We can provide no assurances that we will be successful in executing on these growth strategies or that, even if our key metrics would indicate future growth, we will continue to grow our revenue or to generate net income. Our ability to execute on our existing sales pipeline, create additional sales pipelines, and expand our client base depends on, among other things, the attractiveness of our services relative to those offered by our competitors, our ability to demonstrate the value of our existing and future services, and our ability to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified sales and marketing leadership and support personnel. In addition, our existing clients may be slower to adopt our services than we currently anticipate, which could adversely affect our results of operations and growth prospects.

 

We may become subject to medical liability claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses and may require us to pay significant damages if not covered by insurance.

 

Our business entails the risk of medical liability claims against both our providers and us. Although we and Teladoc Physicians, P.A. carry insurance covering medical malpractice claims in amounts that we believe are appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business, successful medical liability claims could result in substantial damage awards that exceed the limits of our and Teladoc Physicians, P.A.’s insurance coverage. Teladoc Physicians, P.A. carries professional liability insurance for itself and each of its healthcare professionals (our providers), and we separately carry a general insurance policy, which covers medical malpractice claims. In addition, professional liability insurance is expensive and insurance premiums may increase significantly in the future, particularly as we expand our services. As a result, adequate professional liability insurance may not be available to our providers or to us in the future at acceptable costs or at all.

 

Any claims made against us that are not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend against, result in substantial damage awards against us and divert the attention of our management and our providers from our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any claims may adversely affect our business or reputation.

 

Rapid technological change in our industry presents us with significant risks and challenges.

 

The telehealth market is characterized by rapid technological change, changing consumer requirements, short product lifecycles and evolving industry standards. Our success will depend on our ability to enhance our solution with

25


 

Table of Contents

next‑generation technologies and to develop or to acquire and market new services to access new consumer populations. There is no guarantee that we will possess the resources, either financial or personnel, for the research, design and development of new applications or services, or that we will be able to utilize these resources successfully and avoid technological or market obsolescence. Further, there can be no assurance that technological advances by one or more of our competitors or future competitors will not result in our present or future applications and services becoming uncompetitive or obsolete.

 

A decline in the prevalence of employer‑sponsored healthcare or the emergence of new technologies may render our telehealth solution obsolete or require us to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive.

 

The U.S. healthcare industry is massive, with a number of large market participants with conflicting agendas, is subject to significant government regulation and is currently undergoing significant change. Changes in our industry, for example, away from high‑deductible health plans, or the emergence of new technologies as more competitors enter our market, could result in our telehealth solution being less desirable or relevant.

 

For example, we currently derive the majority of our revenue from sales to clients that purchase healthcare for their employees (either via insurance or self‑funded benefit plans). A large part of the demand for our solution depends on the need of these employers to manage the costs of healthcare services that they pay on behalf of their employees. Some experts have predicted that future healthcare reform will encourage employer‑sponsored health insurance to become significantly less prevalent as employees migrate to obtaining their own insurance over the state‑sponsored insurance marketplaces. Were this to occur, there is no guarantee that we would be able to compensate for the loss in revenue from employers by increasing sales of our solution to health insurance companies or to individuals or government agencies. In such a case, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

If healthcare benefits trends shift or entirely new technologies are developed that replace existing solutions, our existing or future solutions could be rendered obsolete and our business could be adversely affected. In addition, we may experience difficulties with software development, industry standards, design or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or implementation of new applications and enhancements.

 

If our new applications and services are not adopted by our clients, or if we fail to innovate and develop new applications and services that are adopted by our clients, our revenue and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

To date, we have derived a substantial majority of our revenue from sales of our primary care telehealth and expert second-opinion solutions, and our longer‑term results of operations and continued growth will depend on our ability successfully to develop and market new applications and services that our clients want and are willing to purchase. In addition, we have invested, and will continue to invest, significant resources in research and development to enhance our existing solution and introduce new high‑quality applications and services. If existing clients are not willing to make additional payments for such new applications, or if new clients and members do not value such new applications, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to predict user preferences or if our industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our solution and services on a timely basis, we may lose clients. Our results of operations would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our clients, appropriately timed with market opportunity or effectively brought to market.

 

We rely on data center providers, Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, third‑party computer hardware and software, other third parties and our own systems for providing services to our clients and members, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and negatively impact our relationships with clients, adversely affecting our brand and our business.

 

We serve all of our clients and members from seven geographically dispersed data centers. While we control and have access to our servers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs

26


 

Table of Contents

and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. Problems faced by our third‑party data center locations with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their clients, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our clients and members. Our third‑party data center operators could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy faced by our third‑party data centers operators or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict.

 

Additionally, if our data centers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on our business. For example, a rapid expansion of our business could affect the service levels at our data centers or cause such data centers and systems to fail. Any changes in third‑party service levels at our data centers or any disruptions or other performance problems with our solution could adversely affect our reputation and may damage our clients and members’ stored files or result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Interruptions in our services may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to clients for prepaid and unused subscriptions, subject us to potential liability or adversely affect client renewal rates.

 

In addition, our ability to deliver our Internet‑based services depends on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity and security. Our services are designed to operate without interruption in accordance with our service level commitments. However, we have experienced and expect that we may experience future interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of our systems, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with clients and members. To operate without interruption, both we and our service providers must guard against:

 

·

damage from fire, power loss, natural disasters and other force majeure events outside our control;

 

·

communications failures;

 

·

software and hardware errors, failures and crashes;

 

·

security breaches, computer viruses, hacking, denial‑of‑service attacks and similar disruptive problems; and

 

·

other potential interruptions.

 

We also rely on computer hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties in order to offer our services, including software from Dell Computer, Microsoft, Apple and Redhat Corporation, and routers and network equipment from Cisco and Hewlett‑Packard Company. These licenses are generally commercially available on varying terms. However, it is possible that this hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in the provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated.

 

We exercise limited control over third‑party vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with technology and information services they provide. Interruptions in our network access and services may in connection with third‑party technology and information services reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to clients for prepaid and unused subscription services, subject us to potential liability or adversely affect client renewal rates. Although we maintain a security and privacy damages insurance policy, the coverage under our policies may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur related to the services provided by our third‑party vendors. In addition, we may not be able to continue to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost, if at all.

 

If our security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to a client's data is obtained, our services may be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose sales and clients.

27


 

Table of Contents

 

Our services involve the storage and transmission of clients’ and our members’ proprietary information, sensitive or confidential data, including valuable intellectual property and personal information of employees, clients, members and others, as well as the protected health information, or PHI, of our members. Because of the extreme sensitivity of the information we store and transmit, the security features of our computer, network, and communications systems infrastructure are critical to the success of our business. A breach or failure of our security measures could result from a variety of circumstances and events, including third-party action, employee negligence or error, malfeasance, computer viruses, cyber-attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software and databases, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors, or catastrophic events. Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to further enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. If our security measures fail or are breached, it could result in unauthorized persons accessing sensitive client or member data (including PHI), a loss of or damage to our data, an inability to access data sources, or process data or provide our services to our clients. Such failures or breaches of our security measures, or our inability to effectively resolve such failures or breaches in a timely manner, could severely damage our reputation, adversely affect client, member or investor confidence in us, and reduce the demand for our services from existing and potential clients. In addition, we could face litigation, damages for contract breach, monetary penalties, or regulatory actions for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and incur significant costs for remedial measures to prevent future occurrences and mitigate past violations. Although we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.

 

We may experience cyber-security and other breach incidents that remain undetected for an extended period. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, or if we are unable to effectively resolve such breaches in a timely manner, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales, clients and members, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, and financial results.

 

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights.

 

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving patents and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the Internet and technology industries are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and our competitors and other third parties may hold patents or have pending patent applications, which could be related to our business. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties, which we refer to as non‑practicing entities, whose sole primary business is to assert such claims. Regardless of the merits of any other intellectual property litigation, we may be required to expend significant management time and financial resources on the defense of such claims, and any adverse outcome of any such claim or the above referenced review could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We expect that we may receive in the future notices that claim we or our clients using our solution have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights, particularly as the number of competitors in our market grows and the functionality of applications amongst competitors overlaps. Our existing or any future litigation, whether or not successful, could be extremely costly to defend, divert our management’s time, attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business.

 

In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our clients against certain third‑party claims, which may include claims that our solution infringes the intellectual property rights of such third parties. Our business could be adversely affected by any significant disputes between us and our clients as to the applicability or scope of our

28


 

Table of Contents

indemnification obligations to them. The results of any intellectual property litigation to which we may become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

 

·

cease offering or using technologies that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

·

make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

 

·

obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

 

·

redesign technology to avoid infringement.

 

If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our clients for such claims, such payments or costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We could experience losses or liability not covered by insurance.

 

Our business exposes us to risks that are inherent in the provision of telehealth and remote, virtual healthcare. If clients or individuals assert liability claims against us, any ensuing litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in a substantial cost to us, divert management's attention from operations, and decrease market acceptance of our solution. We attempt to limit our liability to clients by contract; however, the limitations of liability set forth in the contracts may not be enforceable or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages. Additionally, we may be subject to claims that are not explicitly covered by contract. We also maintain general liability coverage; however, this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us, and may include larger self-insured retentions or exclusions for certain products. In addition, the insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. A successful claim not fully covered by our insurance could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

If our arrangements with our providers or our clients are found to violate state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine or fee splitting, our business, financial condition and our ability to operate in those states could be adversely impacted.

 

The laws of many states, including states in which our clients are located, prohibit us from exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians and from engaging in certain financial arrangements, such as splitting professional fees with physicians. These laws and their interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. We enter into agreements with a professional association, Teladoc Physicians, P.A., which enters into contracts with our providers pursuant to which they render professional medical services. In addition, we enter into contracts with our clients to deliver professional services in exchange for fees. These contracts include management services agreements with our affiliated physician organizations pursuant to which the physician organizations reserve exclusive control and responsibility for all aspects of the practice of medicine and the delivery of medical services. Although we seek to substantially comply with applicable state prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting, state officials who administer these laws or other third parties may successfully challenge our existing organization and contractual arrangements. If such a claim were successful, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual arrangements. A determination that these arrangements violate state statutes, or our inability to successfully restructure our relationships with our providers to comply with these statutes, could eliminate clients located in certain states from the market for our services, which would have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If our providers or experts are characterized as employees, we would be subject to employment and withholding liabilities.

 

We structure our relationships with our providers and experts in a manner that we believe results in an independent contractor relationship, not an employee relationship. An independent contractor is generally distinguished

29


 

Table of Contents

from an employee by his or her degree of autonomy and independence in providing services. A high degree of autonomy and independence is generally indicative of a contractor relationship, while a high degree of control is generally indicative of an employment relationship. Although we believe that our providers and experts are properly characterized as independent contractors, tax or other regulatory authorities may in the future challenge our characterization of these relationships. If such regulatory authorities or state, federal or foreign courts were to determine that our providers or experts are employees, and not independent contractors, we would be required to withhold income taxes, to withhold and pay social security, Medicare and similar taxes and to pay unemployment and other related payroll taxes. We would also be liable for unpaid past taxes and subject to penalties. As a result, any determination that our providers or experts are our employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time‑consuming to defend.

 

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our clients in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by our current or former associates. Litigation may result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which may substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance may not cover such claims, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims and may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our revenue and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of our stock.

 

Certain U.S. state tax authorities may assert that we have a state nexus and seek to impose state and local income taxes which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We are currently licensed to operate in all fifty states and file state income tax returns in 36 states. There is a risk that certain state tax authorities where we do not currently file a state income tax return could assert that we are liable for state and local income taxes based upon income or gross receipts allocable to such states. States are becoming increasingly aggressive in asserting a nexus for state income tax purposes. We could be subject to state and local taxation, including penalties and interest attributable to prior periods, if a state tax authority successfully asserts that our activities give rise to a nexus. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

 

In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre‑change net operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three‑year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. As of December 31, 2017, we have approximately $400.5 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and $193.5 million of state net operating loss carryforwards. The federal net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2025 and the state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021.  As of December 31, 2017, the Company has approximately $7.1 million of foreign tax credits, which begin to expire in 2022. Our ability to utilize NOLs may be currently subject to limitations due to a prior ownership changes. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code, further limiting our ability to utilize NOLs arising prior to such ownership change in the future. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets attributable to our NOLs.

 

30


 

Table of Contents

Our proprietary software may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Teladoc proprietary application platform provides our members and providers with the ability to, among other things, register for our services; complete, view and edit medical history; request a visit (either scheduled or on demand); conduct a visit (via video or phone); and initiate an expert second-opinion review. Proprietary software development is time‑consuming, expensive and complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary applications from operating properly. We are currently implementing software with respect to a number of new applications and services. If our solution does not function reliably or fails to achieve client expectations in terms of performance, clients could assert liability claims against us or attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our reputation and impair our ability to attract or maintain clients.

 

Moreover, data services are complex and those we offer have in the past contained, and may in the future develop or contain, undetected defects or errors. Material performance problems, defects or errors in our existing or new software and applications and services may arise in the future and may result from interface of our solution with systems and data that we did not develop and the function of which is outside of our control or undetected in our testing. These defects and errors, and any failure by us to identify and address them, could result in loss of revenue or market share, diversion of development resources, harm to our reputation and increased service and maintenance costs. Defects or errors may discourage existing or potential clients from purchasing our solution from us. Correction of defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors may be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In order to support the growth of our business, we may need to incur additional indebtedness under our current credit facility or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

 

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception and we intend to continue to make significant investments to support our business growth, respond to business challenges or opportunities, develop new applications and services, enhance our existing solution and services, enhance our operating infrastructure and potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our net cash used in operating activities was $34.4 million, $51.9 million and $47.2 million respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we had $42.8 million of cash and cash equivalents and $79.5 million of short-term investments, which are held for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2017, we had borrowings of $275 million of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”) and the ability to borrow up to an additional $10.0 million under our credit facilities.

 

Borrowings under the 2022 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of ours and generally rank senior in right of payment to all of our other unsecured indebtedness. Under certain conditions, we may redeem any portion of the 2022 Notes for cash on or after December 22, 2020. The redemption price will be the principal amount of the 2022 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

 

Borrowings under our credit facility is secured by substantially all of our properties, rights and assets. Additionally, the credit agreement governing our credit facility contains certain customary restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends and transfer or dispose of assets as well as a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a specified level of recurring revenue growth. These covenants could limit our ability to seek capital through the incurrence of new indebtedness or, if we are unable to meet our recurring revenue growth obligation, require us to repay any outstanding amounts with sources of capital we may otherwise use to fund our business, operations and strategy.

 

Our future capital requirements may be significantly different from our current estimates and will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, subscription renewal activity, the timing and extent of spending to support

31


 

Table of Contents

development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new or enhanced services and the continuing market acceptance of telehealth. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings or collaborative arrangements to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve additional restrictive covenants relating to our capital‑raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, during times of economic instability, it has been difficult for many companies to obtain financing in the public markets or to obtain debt financing, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to adequately expand our direct sales force will impede our growth.

 

We believe that our future growth will depend on the continued development of our direct sales force and its ability to obtain new clients and to manage our existing client base. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take six months or longer before a new sales representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, sales of our services will suffer and our growth will be impeded.

 

We may be unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives, business strategies or operating plans.

 

We are continually executing a number of growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans designed to enhance our business. For example, we recently entered into new specialist healthcare professional markets as well as into business-to-consumer markets. The anticipated benefits from these efforts are based on several assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans and realize all of the benefits, including growth targets and cost savings, that we expect to achieve or it may be more costly to do so than we anticipate. A variety of risks could cause us not to realize some or all of the expected benefits. These risks include, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans, increased difficulty and cost in implementing these efforts, including difficulties in complying with new regulatory requirements and the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with operating the business. Moreover, our continued implementation of these programs may disrupt our operations and performance. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will realize these benefits. If, for any reason, the benefits we realize are less than our estimates or the implementation of these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans adversely affect our operations or cost more or take longer to effectuate than we expect, or if our assumptions prove inaccurate, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 

Our use and disclosure of personally identifiable information, including health information, is subject to federal and state privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those regulations or to adequately secure the information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, a material adverse effect on our client base, membership base and revenue.

 

Numerous state and federal laws and regulations govern the collection, dissemination, use, privacy, confidentiality, security, availability and integrity of PII, including protected health information. These laws and regulations include HIPAA . HIPAA establishes a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection of PHI, by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services, which includes us.

 

HIPAA requires healthcare providers like us to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to PHI that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such

32


 

Table of Contents

information. HIPAA also implemented the use of standard transaction code sets and standard identifiers that covered entities must use when submitting or receiving certain electronic healthcare transactions, including activities associated with the billing and collection of healthcare claims.

 

HIPAA imposes mandatory penalties for certain violations. Penalties for violations of HIPAA and its implementing regulations start at $100 per violation and are not to exceed $50,000 per violation, subject to a cap of $1.5 million for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents. Courts will be able to award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI.

 

In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of Health and Human Services, or HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities or business associates for compliance with the HIPAA Privacy and Security Standards. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator.

 

HIPAA further requires that patients be notified of any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of their unsecured PHI that compromises the privacy or security of such information, with certain exceptions related to unintentional or inadvertent use or disclosure by employees or authorized individuals. HIPAA specifies that such notifications must be made “without unreasonable delay and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the breach.” If a breach affects 500 patients or more, it must be reported to HHS without unreasonable delay, and HHS will post the name of the breaching entity on its public web site. Breaches affecting 500 patients or more in the same state or jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually.

 

Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality, privacy, availability, integrity and security of personally identifiable information, or PII, including PHI. These laws in many cases are more restrictive than, and may not be preempted by, the HIPAA rules and may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and our clients and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability.

 

New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we must handle healthcare related data, and the cost of complying with standards could be significant. If we do not comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to PHI, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions.

 

Because of the extreme sensitivity of the PII we store and transmit, the security features of our technology platform are very important. If our security measures, some of which are managed by third parties, are breached or fail, unauthorized persons may be able to obtain access to sensitive client and member data, including HIPAA‑regulated PHI. As a result, our reputation could be severely damaged, adversely affecting client and member confidence. Members may curtail their use of or stop using our services or our client base could decrease, which would cause our business to suffer. In addition, we could face litigation, damages for contract breach, penalties and regulatory actions for violation of HIPAA and other applicable laws or regulations and significant costs for remediation, notification to individuals and for measures to prevent future occurrences. Any potential security breach could also result in increased costs associated with liability for stolen assets or information, repairing system damage that may have been caused by such breaches, incentives offered to clients or other business partners in an effort to maintain our business relationships after a breach and implementing measures to prevent future occurrences, including organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third‑party experts and consultants. While we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.

 

33


 

Table of Contents

We outsource important aspects of the storage and transmission of client and member information, and thus rely on third parties to manage functions that have material cyber‑security risks. We attempt to address these risks by requiring outsourcing subcontractors who handle client and member information to sign business associate agreements contractually requiring those subcontractors to adequately safeguard personal health data to the same extent that applies to us and in some cases by requiring such outsourcing subcontractors to undergo third‑party security examinations. In addition, we periodically hire third‑party security experts to assess and test our security posture. However, we cannot assure you that these contractual measures and other safeguards will adequately protect us from the risks associated with the storage and transmission of client and members’ proprietary and protected health information.

 

We also publish statements to our members that describe how we handle and protect personal information. If federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants consider any portion of these statements to be untrue, we may be subject to claims of deceptive practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including, without limitation, costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, settling claims and complying with regulatory or court orders.

 

We also send short message service, or SMS text messages to potential end users who are eligible to use our service through certain customers and partners. While we obtain consent from or on behalf of these individuals to send text messages, federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants may claim that the notices and disclosures we provide, form of consents we obtain or our SMS texting practices, are not adequate. These SMS texting campaigns are potential sources of risk for class action lawsuits and liability for our company. Numerous class‑action suits under federal and state laws have been filed in the past year against companies who conduct SMS texting programs, with many resulting in multi‑million dollar settlements to the plaintiffs. Any future such litigation against us could be costly and time‑consuming to defend.

 

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.

 

Our quarterly results of operations, including our revenue, gross profit, net loss and cash flows, has varied and may vary significantly in the future, and period‑to‑period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, without limitation, the following:

 

·

the addition or loss of large clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations of such clients;

 

·

seasonal and other variations in the timing of the sales of our services, as a significantly higher proportion of our clients enter into new subscription contracts with us or renew their existing contracts in the third and fourth quarters of the year compared to the first and second quarters;

 

·

seasonal and other variations in the timing of the sales of our services, as a significantly higher proportion of our members use our services during peak cold and flu season months;

 

·

the timing of recognition of revenue, including possible delays in the recognition of revenue due to sometimes unpredictable implementation timelines;

 

·

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

·

our ability to effectively manage the size and composition of our proprietary network of healthcare professionals relative to the level of demand for services from our members;

 

·

the timing and success of introductions of new applications and services by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, clients or strategic partners;

 

34


 

Table of Contents

·

client renewal rates and the timing and terms of client renewals;

 

·

the mix of applications and services sold during a period; and

 

·

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies.

 

We are particularly subject to fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations because the costs associated with entering into client contracts are generally incurred up front, while we generally recognize revenue over the term of the contract. Further, most of our revenue in any given quarter is derived from contracts entered into with our clients during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in our revenue for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenue in future periods and the effect of significant downturns in sales of and market demand for our solution, and potential changes in our rate of renewals or renewal terms, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue through additional sales in any period, with the exception of the first quarter during peak benefits enrollment, as revenue from new clients must be recognized over the applicable term of the contract. Accordingly, the effect of changes in the industry impacting our business or changes we experience in our new sales may not be reflected in our short‑term results of operations. Any fluctuation in our quarterly results may not accurately reflect the underlying performance of our business and could cause a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

 

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.

 

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, which puts strain on our business, operations and employees. For example, we grew from 670 full‑time employees at December 31, 2016 to 1,231 full‑time employees at December 31, 2017. We have also increased our client and membership bases significantly over the past two years. We anticipate that our operations will continue to rapidly expand. To manage our current and anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and controls. We must also attract, train and retain a significant number of qualified sales and marketing personnel, customer support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel and management personnel, and the availability of such personnel, in particular software engineers, may be constrained.

 

A key aspect to managing our growth is our ability to scale our capabilities to implement our solution satisfactorily with respect to both large and demanding clients, who currently constitute the substantial majority of our client base, as well as smaller clients who are becoming an increasingly larger portion of our client base. Large clients often require specific features or functions unique to their membership base, which, at a time of significant growth or during periods of high demand, may strain our implementation capacity and hinder our ability to successfully implement our solution to our clients in a timely manner. We may also need to make further investments in our technology and automate portions of our solution or services to decrease our costs. If we are unable to address the needs of our clients or members, or our clients or members are unsatisfied with the quality of our solution or services, they may not renew their contracts, seek to cancel or terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms, any of which could cause our annual net dollar retention rate to decrease.

 

Failure to effectively manage our growth could also lead us to over‑invest or under‑invest in development and operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, financial losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees. Our growth is expected to require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects such as the development of new applications and services. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase or may grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our services may also suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to attract and retain clients.

 

35


 

Table of Contents

We incur significant upfront costs in our client relationships, and if we are unable to maintain and grow these client relationships over time, we are likely to fail to recover these costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We derive most of our revenue from subscription access fees. Accordingly, our business model depends heavily on achieving economies of scale because our initial upfront investment is costly and the associated revenue is recognized on a ratable basis. We devote significant resources to establish relationships with our clients and implement our solution and related services. This is particularly so in the case of large enterprises that, to date, have comprised a substantial majority of our client base and revenue and often request or require specific features or functions unique to their particular business processes. Accordingly, our results of operations will depend in substantial part on our ability to deliver a successful experience for both clients and members and persuade our clients to maintain and grow their relationship with us over time. Additionally, as our business is growing significantly, our client acquisition costs could outpace our build‑up of recurring revenue, and we may be unable to reduce our total operating costs through economies of scale such that we are unable to achieve profitability. If we fail to achieve appropriate economies of scale or if we fail to manage or anticipate the evolution and in future periods, demand, of the subscription access fee model, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

If our existing clients do not continue or renew their contracts with us, renew at lower fee levels or decline to purchase additional applications and services from us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenue from renewal of existing client contracts and sales of additional applications and services to existing clients. As part of our growth strategy, for instance, we have recently focused on expanding our services amongst current clients. As a result, selling additional applications and services are critical to our future business, revenue growth and results of operations.

 

Factors that may affect our ability to sell additional applications and services include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

·

the price, performance and functionality of our solution;

 

·

the availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions;

 

·

our ability to develop and sell complementary applications and services;

 

·

the stability, performance and security of our hosting infrastructure and hosting services;

 

·

changes in healthcare laws, regulations or trends; and

 

·

the business environment of our clients and, in particular, headcount reductions by our clients.

 

We enter into subscription access contracts with our clients. These contracts generally have stated initial terms of one year. Most of our clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solution after the initial term expires. In addition, our clients may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our revenue from these clients. Our future results of operations also depend, in part, on our ability to expand into new clinical specialties and across care settings and use cases. If our clients fail to renew their contracts, renew their contracts upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels or fail to purchase new products and services from us, our revenue may decline or our future revenue growth may be constrained.

 

In addition, after the initial contract year, a significant number of our client contracts allow clients to terminate such agreements for convenience at certain times, typically with one to three months advance notice. We typically incur the expenses associated with integrating a client’s data into our healthcare database and related training and support prior to recognizing meaningful revenue from such client. Subscription access revenue is not recognized until our products are implemented for launch, which is generally from one to three months from contract signing. If a client terminates its

36


 

Table of Contents

contract early and revenue and cash flows expected from a client are not realized in the time period expected or not realized at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Our sales and implementation cycle can be long and unpredictable and requires considerable time and expense, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate.

 

The sales cycle for our solution from initial contact with a potential lead to contract execution and implementation, varies widely by client, ranging from a number of days to approximately 24 months. Some of our clients undertake a significant and prolonged evaluation process, including to determine whether our services meet their unique healthcare needs, which frequently involves evaluation of not only our solution but also an evaluation of those of our competitors, which has in the past resulted in extended sales cycles. Our sales efforts involve educating our clients about the use, technical capabilities and potential benefits of our solution. Moreover, our large enterprise clients often begin to deploy our solution on a limited basis, but nevertheless demand extensive configuration, integration services and pricing concessions, which increase our upfront investment in the sales effort with no guarantee that these clients will deploy our solution widely enough across their organization to justify our substantial upfront investment. It is possible that in the future we may experience even longer sales cycles, more complex client needs, higher upfront sales costs and less predictability in completing some of our sales as we continue to expand our direct sales force, expand into new territories and market additional applications and services. If our sales cycle lengthens or our substantial upfront sales and implementation investments do not result in sufficient sales to justify our investments, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

 

While the telehealth market is in an early stage of development, it is competitive and we expect it to attract increased competition, which could make it difficult for us to succeed. We currently face competition in the telehealth industry for our solution from a range of companies, including specialized software and solution providers that offer similar solutions, often at substantially lower prices, and that are continuing to develop additional products and becoming more sophisticated and effective. These competitors include MDLive, Inc., American Well Corporation, and Grand Rounds, Inc. among other smaller industry participants. In addition, large, well‑financed health plans have in some cases developed their own telehealth or expert second-opinion tools and may provide these solutions to their customers at discounted prices. Competition from specialized software and solution providers, health plans and other parties will result in continued pricing pressures, which is likely to lead to price declines in certain product segments, which could negatively impact our sales, profitability and market share.

 

Some of our competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than we do. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements and may have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to increase the availability of their solutions in the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have greater market share, a larger customer base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Our competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of the telehealth market, which could create additional price pressure. In light of these factors, even if our solution is more effective than those of our competitors, current or potential clients may accept competitive solutions in lieu of purchasing our solution. If we are unable to successfully compete in the telehealth market, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

37


 

Table of Contents

If we cannot implement our solution for clients or resolve any technical issues in a timely manner, we may lose clients and our reputation may be harmed.

 

Our clients utilize a variety of data formats, applications and infrastructure and our solution must support our clients’ data formats and integrate with complex enterprise applications and infrastructures. If our telehealth platform does not currently support a client’s required data format or appropriately integrate with a client’s applications and infrastructure, then we must configure our platform to do so, which increases our expenses. Additionally, we do not control our clients’ implementation schedules. As a result, if our clients do not allocate the internal resources necessary to meet their implementation responsibilities or if we face unanticipated implementation difficulties, the implementation may be delayed. If the client implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could incur significant costs, clients could become dissatisfied and decide not to increase utilization of our solution or not to implement our solution beyond an initial period prior to their term commitment or, in some cases, revenue recognition could be delayed. In addition, competitors with more efficient operating models with lower implementation costs could jeopardize our client relationships.

 

Our clients and members depend on our support services to resolve any technical issues relating to our solution and services, and we may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short‑term increases in member demand for support services, particularly as we increase the size of our client and membership bases. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. It is difficult to predict member demand for technical support services, and if member demand increases significantly, we may be unable to provide satisfactory support services to our members. Further, if we are unable to address members’ needs in a timely fashion or further develop and enhance our solution, or if a client or member is not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or with the technical support services rendered, then we could incur additional costs to address the situation or be required to issue credits or refunds for amounts related to unused services, and our profitability may be impaired and clients’ dissatisfaction with our solution could damage our ability to expand the number of applications and services purchased by such clients. These clients may not renew their contracts, seek to terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms. Moreover, negative publicity related to our client relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our reputation or ability to compete for new business with current and prospective clients. If any of these were to occur, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

 

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers. These executive officers are at‑will employees and therefore they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

 

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition is intense for qualified professionals. We may not be successful in continuing to attract and retain qualified personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working in the healthcare market is limited overall. In addition, many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have.

 

In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in high‑technology industries, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity instruments they are to receive in connection with their employment. Volatility in the price of our stock may, therefore, adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Further, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity instruments may discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join our company. Failure to

38


 

Table of Contents

attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are dependent on our ability to recruit, retain and develop a very large and diverse workforce. We must transform our culture in order to successfully grow our business.

 

Our products and services and our operations require a large number of employees. A significant number of employees have joined us in recent years as a result of our acquisitions and our entry into new businesses. Our success is dependent on our ability to transform our culture, align our talent with our business needs, engage our employees and inspire our employees to be open to change, to innovate and to maintain member- and client-focus when delivering our services. Our business would be adversely affected if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our executives and senior management; or if we fail to effectively recruit, integrate, retain and develop key talent and/or align our talent with our business needs, in light of the current rapidly changing environment. While we have succession plans in place and we have employment arrangements with a limited number of key executives, these do not guarantee that the services of these or suitable successor executives will continue to be available to us. In addition, as we expand internationally, we face the challenge of recruiting, integrating, educating, managing, retaining and developing a more culturally diverse workforce.

 

If we fail to develop widespread brand awareness cost‑effectively, our business may suffer.

 

We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost‑effective manner is critical to achieving widespread adoption of our solution and attracting new clients. Our brand promotion activities may not generate client awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in doing so, we may fail to attract or retain clients necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand‑building efforts or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad client adoption of our solution.

 

Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to receive positive references from our existing clients.

 

Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to call upon our current clients to provide positive references to new, potential clients. Given our limited number of long‑term clients, the loss or dissatisfaction of any client could substantially harm our brand and reputation, inhibit widespread adoption of our solution and impair our ability to attract new clients and maintain existing clients. Any of these consequences could lower retention rate and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our technology and our brand.

 

Our success depends in part on our ability to enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely upon a combination of trademark and trade secret laws, as well as license and access agreements and other contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. In addition, we attempt to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information by requiring our employees, consultants and certain of our contractors to execute confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated. To the extent that our intellectual property and other proprietary rights are not adequately protected, third parties may gain access to our proprietary information, develop and market solutions similar to ours or use trademarks similar to ours, each of which could materially harm our business. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or obtain and use our technology to develop applications with the same functionality as our solution, and policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property rights is difficult and may not be effective. The failure to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

39


 

Table of Contents

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and we may have difficulty integrating any such acquisitions successfully or realizing the anticipated benefits therefrom, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, applications and services or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

 

In addition, we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

·

inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner;

 

·

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

·

difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;

 

·

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

 

·

difficulty converting the clients of the acquired business onto our platform and contract terms, including disparities in the revenue, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company;

 

·

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

·

adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and clients as a result of the acquisition;

 

·

the potential loss of key employees;

 

·

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

 

·

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

 

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our results of operations based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

 

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use or similar taxes for telehealth services which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We do not collect sales and use and similar taxes in any states for telehealth services based on our belief that our services are not subject to such taxes in any state. Sales and use and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly from state to state. Additionally, we do not collect value added tax or similar taxes in certain foreign juridictions based on our belief that our services are not subject to such taxes. Certain states or foreign juridictions in which we do not collect such taxes

40


 

Table of Contents

may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest with respect to past services, and we may be required to collect such taxes for services in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Economic uncertainties or downturns in the general economy or the industries in which our clients operate could disproportionately affect the demand for our solution and negatively impact our results of operations.

 

General worldwide economic conditions have experienced significant downturns during the last ten years, and market volatility and uncertainty remain widespread, making it potentially very difficult for our clients and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. During challenging economic times, our clients may have difficulty gaining timely access to sufficient credit or obtaining credit on reasonable terms, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us and adversely affect our revenue. If that were to occur, our financial results could be harmed. Further, challenging economic conditions may impair the ability of our clients to pay for the applications and services they already have purchased from us and, as a result, our write‑offs of accounts receivable could increase. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. If the condition of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsens, our business could be harmed.

 

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this Form 10-K may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

 

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this Form 10-K relating to the size and expected growth of the telehealth market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market in which we compete meets our size estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

 

Natural or man‑made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our offices may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man‑made disasters, including earthquakes, power outages, fires, floods, nuclear disasters and acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. For example, our headquarters are located in the greater New York City area, a region with a history of terrorist attacks and hurricanes. Any disruptions in our operations related to the repair or replacement of our offices, could negatively impact our business and results of operations and harm our reputation. Although we maintain an insurance policy covering damage to property we rent, such insurance may not be sufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our clients’ facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man‑made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or material adverse effects on our business.

 

Our marketing efforts for the direct-to-consumer behavioral health portion of our business may not be successful or may become more expensive, either of which could increase our costs and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Direct-to-consumer behavioral health represents a material portion of our overall business. We spend significant resources marketing this service. We rely on relationships for our direct-to-consumer behavioral health business with a wide variety of third parties, including Internet search providers such as Google, social networking platforms such as Facebook, Internet advertising networks, co-registration partners, retailers, distributors, television advertising agencies and direct marketers, to source new members and to promote or distribute our services and products. In addition, in connection with the launch of new services or products for our direct-to-consumer behavioral health business, we may spend a significant amount of resources on marketing. If our marketing activities are inefficient or unsuccessful, if important third-party relationships or marketing strategies, such as Internet search engine marketing and search engine optimization, become more expensive or unavailable, or are suspended, modified or terminated, for any reason, if there is an increase in the proportion of consumers visiting our websites or purchasing our services by way of marketing

41


 

Table of Contents

channels with higher marketing costs as compared to channels that have lower or no associated marketing costs or if our marketing efforts do not result in our services being prominently ranked in Internet search listings, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely impacted.

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions include those establishing:

 

·

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

·

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from filling vacancies on our board of directors;

·

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

·

the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

·

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

·

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or our board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

·

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

 

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a

42


 

Table of Contents

stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation will be your sole source of gain, if any.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

 

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our Board of Directors may change our strategies, policies, and procedures without stockholder approval and we may become more highly leveraged, which may increase our risk of default under our debt obligations.

 

Our investment, financing, leverage, and dividend policies, and our policies with respect to all other activities, including growth, capitalization, and operations, are determined exclusively by our board of directors, and may be amended or revised at any time by our board of directors without notice to or a vote of our stockholders. This could result in us conducting operational matters, making investments, or pursuing different business or growth strategies than those contemplated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Further, our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness, funded or otherwise, that we may incur. Higher leverage also increases the risk of default on our obligations. In addition, a change in our investment policies, including the manner in which we allocate our resources across our portfolio or the types of assets in which we seek to invest, may increase our exposure to interest rate risk and liquidity risk. Changes to our policies with regards to the foregoing could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, the share price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the share price or trading volume of our common stock to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us, express views regarding us that may be perceived as negative or less favorable than previous views, downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, the share price of our common stock could decline.

 

We have an unremediated material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in our failure to meet our reporting obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which in turn could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

 

In connection with the preparation of our annual financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31,

43


 

Table of Contents

2017, management identified a material weakness in our internal control. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

The material weakness pertains to the design and operating effectiveness of controls within the stock-based compensation process for awards with unique or different terms than our standard stock awards. This resulted in us not correctly recording certain stock-based compensation expense related to fourth quarter of 2017 awards of stock-based compensation. The material weakness had no impact on the Company’s financial position or cash flows.  

 

We are working to remediate the material weakness. In response to the material weakness, we have taken remedial action to strengthen our existing internal controls by designing a series of controls that address manual, infrequent or unique stock compensation awards. Additionally, our accounting staff responsible for preparing and reviewing stock based compensation expense will complete renewed training in the accounting of these types of awards as proscribed by current accounting standards. We expect to have these controls designed and implemented prior to March 31, 2018 and, to the extent there are appropriate transactions, the ability to test the operating effectiveness during the three months ending March 31, 2018. Although we plan to complete this remediation process as quickly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate how long it will take to fully remediate the material weakness. If our remedial measures are insufficient to address the material weakness, or if significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting are discovered or occur in the future, it may adversely affect the results of our management evaluations and annual auditor attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act. In addition, if we are unable to successfully remediate the material weakness and if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements or we are required to restate our financial results, our common stock price may be adversely affected and we may be unable to maintain compliance with the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements.

 

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2.Properties

 

We believe that our company’s offices and other facilities are, in general, in good operating condition and adequate for our current operations and that additional leased space in appropriate locations can be obtained on acceptable terms if needed.

 

We lease approximately 21,000 square feet of office space in Purchase, New York for our corporate headquarters and certain of our operations under a lease for which the term expires in August 2023. In 2016, we executed a lease for approximately 19,000 square feet of office space in Phoenix, Arizona for one of our provider network operations centers. The lease has a seven-year initial term and provides for a five-year extension. In 2015 we executed a lease for approximately 73,000 square feet of office space in Lewisville, Texas for our provider network operations center and administrative purposes. The lease has a ten-year initial term and provides for two five-year extensions. As a result of our July 2017 Best Doctors acquisition, we lease approximately 50,000 square feet of office space in Quincy, Massachusetts primarily for another one of our provider network operations centers. The lease expires in August 2021. We also have a lease in Boston, Massachusetts for approximately 12,000 for administrative purposes that expires in 2025. For our foreign operations, we have a lease in Madrid, Spain for approximately 11,000 square feet that expires in October 2019 and Toronto, Canada for approximately 9,000 square feet that expires in December 2020. We also lease additional facilities elsewhere in the United States and other foreign locations.  We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

 

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

 

We are subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business.

44


 

Table of Contents

Descriptions of certain legal proceedings to which we are a party are contained in Note 17, “Legal Matters”, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

45


 

Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market Information

 

We completed the initial public offering of our Common Stock in July 2015. Our Common Stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “TDOC” on July 1, 2015. The high and low prices of our Common Stock for each quarterly period during the last two fiscal years are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

High

    

Low

    

High

    

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

26.45

 

$

15.65

 

$

20.80

 

$

9.08

 

Second quarter

 

$

36.90

 

$

22.73

 

$

16.30

 

$

9.28

 

Third quarter

 

$

37.55

 

$

28.60

 

$

19.49

 

$

13.49

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

37.90

 

$

27.30

 

$

19.10

 

$

14.00

 

 

The market price of our Common Stock has fluctuated in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the future. Changes in the market price of our Common Stock may result from, among other things:

 

·

quarter-to-quarter variations in operating results;

 

·

operating results being different from our previously announced guidance or from analysts’ estimates or opinions;

 

·

changes in analysts’ or financial commentators’ earnings estimates, ratings or opinions;

 

·

changes in financial guidance or other forward-looking information;

 

·

new products, services or pricing policies introduced by us or our competitors;

 

·

acquisitions by us or our competitors;

 

·

developments in existing customer relationships;

 

·

actual or perceived changes in our business strategy;

 

·

developments in new or pending litigation and claims;

 

·

sales of large amounts of our Common Stock;

 

·

changes in general business or regulatory conditions affecting the healthcare, information technology or Internet industries;

 

·

changes in general economic conditions; and

 

·

fluctuations in the securities markets in general.

 

In addition, the market prices of our Common Stock and of the stock of other healthcare technology companies have experienced large fluctuations, sometimes quite rapidly. These fluctuations often may be unrelated to or disproportionate to operating performance.

 

46


 

Table of Contents

Holders

 

On February 14, 2018, there were 155 shareholders of record of our Common Stock.

 

Dividends

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Purchase of Equity Securities

 

We did not purchase any of our registered equity securities during the period covered by this report.

 

Performance Graph

 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on Teladoc Common Stock with the comparable cumulative return of the Russell 2000 composite index over the period of time covered in the graph. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in Teladoc Common Stock and in each index on July 1, 2015, the date of our initial public offering. The stock price performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

 

Picture 3

 

The comparisons in the graph above are provided in response to disclosure requirements of the SEC and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of future performance of the Company’s common stock.

 

47


 

Table of Contents

Item 6.Selected Financial Data

 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations     Data (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

233,279

 

$

123,157

 

$

77,384

 

$

43,528

 

$

19,906

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

61,623

 

 

31,971

 

 

21,041

 

 

9,929

 

 

4,186

 

Gross profit

 

 

171,656

 

 

91,186

 

 

56,343

 

 

33,599

 

 

15,720

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

57,663

 

 

34,720

 

 

20,236

 

 

7,662

 

 

4,090

 

Sales

 

 

37,984

 

 

26,243

 

 

17,976

 

 

11,571

 

 

4,441

 

Technology and development

 

 

34,459

 

 

21,815

 

 

14,210

 

 

7,573

 

 

3,532

 

Legal

 

 

1,485

 

 

4,117

 

 

8,878

 

 

1,311

 

 

474

 

Regulatory

 

 

3,387

 

 

3,158

 

 

2,433

 

 

429

 

 

 —

 

Acquisition and integration related costs

 

 

13,196

 

 

6,959

 

 

551

 

 

196

 

 

 —

 

General and administrative

 

 

79,781

 

 

48,568

 

 

42,981

 

 

17,687

 

 

8,298

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

19,095

 

 

8,270

 

 

4,863

 

 

2,320

 

 

754

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(75,394)

 

 

(62,664)

 

 

(55,785)

 

 

(15,150)

 

 

(5,869)

 

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

14,122

 

 

8,454

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

17,491

 

 

2,588

 

 

2,199

 

 

1,499

 

 

56

 

Net loss before taxes

 

 

(107,007)

 

 

(73,706)

 

 

(57,984)

 

 

(16,649)

 

 

(5,925)

 

Income tax (benefit) provision

 

 

(225)

 

 

510

 

 

36

 

 

388

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(106,782)

 

$

(74,216)

 

$

(58,020)

 

$

(17,037)

 

$

(6,019)

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(1.93)

 

$

(1.75)

 

$

(2.91)

 

$

(10.25)

 

$

(8.05)

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

55,427,460

 

 

42,330,908

 

 

19,917,348

 

 

1,962,845

 

 

1,222,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

$

122,306

 

$

65,808

 

$

137,348

 

$

46,436

 

$

3,212

 

Working capital

 

115,909

 

 

61,644

 

 

133,592

 

 

44,175

 

 

1,685

 

Total assets

 

824,391

 

 

303,670

 

 

229,737

 

 

91,839

 

 

27,387

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

558,903

 

 

230,870

 

 

178,564

 

 

(67,535)

 

 

(55,452)

 

 

48


 

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Many statements made in this Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward‑ looking statements and should be evaluated as such. Forward‑looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipates”, “believes”,“suggests”, “targets”, “projects”, “plans”, “expects”, “future”, “intends”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “would”, “likely”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “continue” and other similar words or phrases, as well as statements in the future tense to identify these forward-looking statements. These forward‑looking statements and projections are contained throughout this Form 10-K, including the sections entitled “Form 10-K Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” We base these forward‑looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As you read and consider this Form 10-K, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. The forward‑looking statements and projections are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions and you should not place undue reliance on these forward‑looking statements or projections. Although we believe that these forward‑looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward‑looking statements and projections. Factors that may materially affect such forward‑looking statements and projections include, but are not limited to the following:

 

·

ongoing legal challenges to, or new state actions against, our business model;

 

·

our dependence on our relationships with affiliated professional entities;

 

·

evolving government regulations and our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business;

 

·

our ability to operate in the heavily regulated healthcare industry;

 

·

our history of net losses and accumulated deficit;

 

·

failures of our cyber-security measures that expose the confidential information of our Clients and Members;

 

·

risk of the loss of any of our significant Clients;

 

·

risks associated with a decrease in the number of individuals offered benefits by our Clients or the number of products and services to which they subscribe;

 

·

our ability to establish and maintain strategic relationships with third parties;

 

·

risk specifically related to our ability to operate in competitive international markets and comply with complex non-U.S. legal requirements;

 

·

our ability to recruit and retain a network of qualified Providers;

 

·

risk that the insurance we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures;

 

·

rapid technological change in the telehealth market;

 

·

risks associated with a material weakness that has been identified;

49


 

Table of Contents

 

·

any statements of belief and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing;

 

·

other factors disclosed in this Form 10-K; and

 

·

other factors beyond our control.

 

These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date of this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward‑looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should evaluate all forward‑looking statements made in this Form 10-K in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

 

50


 

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Overview

 

We are the largest and most trusted telehealth provider in the world. Recognized by MIT Technology Review as one of the “50 Smartest Companies”, we are forging a new healthcare experience with better convenience, outcomes and value. We provide virtual access to high quality care and expertise, with a portfolio of services and solutions covering 450 medical subspecialties from non-urgent, episodic needs like flu and upper respiratory infections, to chronic, complicated medical conditions like cancer and congestive heart failure. By combining the latest in data and analytics with an award-winning user experience and a highly flexible technology platform, we have delivered millions of medical visits to patients around the globe. Over 23.2 million unique Members now benefit from access to Teladoc 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. Our solution is delivered with a median response time of less than ten minutes from the time a Member requests a telehealth visit to the time they speak with a Teladoc physician. We completed approximately 1,463,000 telehealth visits, 952,000 telehealth visits and 576,000 telehealth visits for the year in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Paid membership increased by approximately 5.7 million members and 5.3 million members from December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2017 and from December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2016, respectively, including the impact from Best Doctors.

 

The Teladoc solution is transforming the access, cost and quality dynamics of healthcare delivery for all of our market participants. Our Members rely on Teladoc to remotely access affordable, on-demand healthcare whenever and wherever they choose. Employers, health plans and consumers, or our Clients, purchase our solution to reduce their healthcare spending while at the same time offering convenient, affordable, high-quality healthcare to their employees or beneficiaries. Our network of physicians and other healthcare professionals, or our Providers, have the ability to generate meaningful income and deliver their services more efficiently with no administrative burden. We believe the value proposition of our solution is evidenced by our overall Member satisfaction rate, which has exceeded 90% over the last nine years. We further believe any consumer, employer or health plan or practitioner interested in a better approach to healthcare is a potential Teladoc Member, Client or Provider.

 

In December 2017, we successfully closed on our Follow-On Offering in which the Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million. In January 2017, we successfully closed on our Follow-On Offering (“January 2017 Offering”) in which the Company issued and sold 7,887,500 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of $16.75 per share. We received net proceeds of $123.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million.

 

In July 2015, we successfully closed on our initial public offering, or IPO, in which the Company issued and sold 9,487,500 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of $19.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $163.1 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $12.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $4.5 million.

 

We generate revenue from our Clients on a contractually recurring, per-Member-per-month and subscription access fee basis. In addition, we generate additional revenue on a per-telehealth general medical visit basis, through a visit fee. Certain of our Client contracts generate revenue for expert second opinions on a per case basis. Subscription access fees are paid by our Clients on behalf of their employees, dependents, policy holders, cardholders, beneficiaries or themselves, while general medical and other specialty visit fees are paid by either Clients or Members.

 

We generated revenue of $233.3 million, (including $47.0 million from Best Doctors), $123.2 million and $77.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing 89% and 59% year-over-year growth from 2016 to 2017 and from 2015 to 2016. Excluding the impact from acquisitions our organic growth rate was

51


 

Table of Contents

43%. We had net losses of $106.8 million, $74.2 million and $58.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 85% and 15% of our revenue was derived from subscription access fees and visit fees, respectively. For both of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, 82% and 18% of our revenue was derived from subscription access fees and visit fees, respectively.

 

Acquisition History

 

We have scaled and intend to continue to scale our platform through the pursuit of selective acquisitions. We have completed multiple acquisitions since our inception, which we believe have expanded our distribution capabilities and broadened our service offering.

 

On July 14, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Best Doctors Holdings, Inc., or Best Doctors, for aggregate consideration of $445.5 million, net of cash acquired of $13.7 million, comprised of $379.3 million of cash and 1,855,078 shares of our common stock valued at $66.2 million. Best Doctors is the world’s leading expert medical consultation company focused on improving health outcomes for the most complex, critical and costly medical issues.

 

On July1, 2016, we completed our acquisition of HY Holdings, Inc. d/b/a HealthiestYou Corporation, or HealthiestYou, for aggregate consideration of $145.3 million, net of cash acquired of $6.2 million, comprised of $37.0 million of cash and 6,955,796 shares of our common stock valued at $108.3 million. HealthiestYou is a leading telehealth consumer engagement technology platform for the small to mid-sized employer market.

 

On June 17, 2015, we completed our acquisition of Stat Health Services Inc., or StatDoc, for aggregate consideration of $30.1 million, comprised of $13.3 million of cash and 1,051,033 shares of our common stock valued at $16.8 million, net of cash acquired. StatDoc is a telehealth provider, focused on managed care, health system and self-insured clients.

 

In January 2015, we completed the acquisition of Compile, Inc. d/b/a BetterHelp, or BetterHelp, a provider of direct-to-consumer, behavioral health services, for $3.3 million net of cash acquired, a $1.0 million promissory note and additional annual payments to the sellers based on a percentage of the total net revenue generated by the BetterHelp business.

 

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

 

Number of Members.  Our revenue growth rate and long-term profitability are affected by our ability to increase our number of Members because we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from subscription access fees via Client contracts that provide Members access to our professional Provider network in exchange for a contractual based monthly fee. Revenue is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, the number of services contracted for by a Client and the contractually negotiated prices of our services and the negotiated pricing that is specific to that particular Client. We believe that increasing our membership is an integral objective that will provide us with the ability to continually innovate our services and support initiatives that will enhance Member‘s experiences. Membership increased by approximately 5.7 million members from December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2017, including approximately 2.2 million members from the acquisition of Best Doctors and increased by approximately 5.3 million members from December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2016.

 

Number of Visits.  We also recognize revenue in connection with the completion of a general medical visit, expert second opinion and other specialty visits for the majority of our contracts. Accordingly, our visit revenue, or visit fees, generally increase as the number of visits increase. Visit fee revenue is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, Member utilization of our Provider network services and the contractually negotiated prices of our services. We believe that increasing our current Member utilization rate and further penetration into existing and sales to new health plan clients is a key objective in order for our Clients to realize tangible healthcare savings with our service. Visits increased by approximately 511,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016.

 

Seasonality.  We typically experience the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the

52


 

Table of Contents

fourth and first quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as a result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of the current year, or the start of each year, the majority of our new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Additionally, as a result of national seasonal cold and flu trends, we experience our highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth quarters of each year when compared to other quarters of the year.  Conversely, the second quarter of the year has historically been the period of lowest utilization of our Provider network services relative to the other quarters of the year. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Components of Results of Operations

 

Revenue

 

We generate our revenue from our Clients who purchase access to our professional Provider network or our medical experts for their employees, dependents and other beneficiaries. Our Client contracts include a per-Member-per-month subscription access fee as well as contracts that generate additional revenue on a per-telehealth visit basis for general medical and other specialty visits and expert second opinion on a per case basis. Accordingly, we generate subscription access revenue from our subscription access fee and visit revenue from our general medical, expert second opinion and other specialty visit fees.

 

Subscription access revenue accounted for approximately 85%, 82% and 82% of our total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Subscription access revenue is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, the number of services contracted for by a Client and the contractually negotiated prices of our services. Visit fee revenue for general medical, expert second opinion and other specialty visits is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, Member utilization of our professional Provider network services and the contractually negotiated prices of our services.

 

We recognize subscription access fees and visit and second opinion access fees on a monthly basis when the following criteria are met: (i) there is an executed subscription agreement, (ii) the Member has access to the service, (iii) the services are performed, (iv) collection of the fees is reasonably assured and (v) the amount of fees to be paid by the Client and Member is fixed and determinable. Our agreements generally have a term of one year. The majority of Clients renew their contracts with us following their first year of services.

 

Warranties and Indemnification

 

Our arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying Clients against liabilities if there is a breach of a Client’s data or if our service infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications.

 

We have also agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer, including any action by us, arising out of that person’s services as our director or officer or that person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at our request. We maintain director and officer liability insurance coverage that would generally enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We may also be subject to indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of our employees under certain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions.

 

Concentrations of Risk and Significant Clients

 

Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investment and accounts receivable. Although we deposit our cash with multiple financial institutions in U.S. and in foreign countries, our deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. Our short-term

53


 

Table of Contents

investment are comprised of a portfolio of diverse high credit rating instruments with maturity durations of one year or less.

Revenue from Clients located in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $214.5 million. Revenue from Clients located outside the United States for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $18.8 million.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, substantially all of our revenue was generated by Clients located in the United States.

 

No Client represented over 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2017 and 2015 or revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. One Client represented 11% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2016.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue primarily consists of fees paid to our Providers and medical experts, costs incurred in connection with our Provider network operations, which include employee-related expenses (including salaries and benefits), costs related to our Provider network operations center activities, medical records, magnetic resonance imaging, medical lab tests, translation, postage and medical malpractice insurance. Cost of revenue is driven primarily by the number of general medical visits, expert second opinions and other specialty visits completed in each period. Many of the elements of the cost of revenue are relatively variable and semi-variable, and can be reduced in the near-term to offset any decline in our revenue. Our business and operational models are designed to be highly scalable and leverage variable costs to support revenue-generating activities. While we currently expect to continue to enhance our Provider network operations center as well as our sales and technology capabilities to support business growth, we believe our increased investment in automation and integration capabilities and economies of scale in our Provider network operations center operating model, will position us to grow our revenue at a greater rate than our cost of revenue.

 

Gross Profit

 

Our gross profit is our total revenue minus our total cost of revenue, and we also express our gross profit as a percentage of our total revenue. Our gross profit has been and will continue to be affected by a number of factors, including the fees we charge our Clients, the number of visits and cases we complete the costs paid to Providers and medical experts as well as the costs of our Provider network operations center. We expect our annual gross profit to remain relatively steady over the near term, although our quarterly gross profit is expected to fluctuate from period to period depending on the interplay of these aforementioned factors.

 

Advertising and Marketing Expenses

Advertising and marketing expenses consist primarily of costs of digital advertisements, personnel and related expenses for our marketing staff and communications materials that are produced for member acquisition and to generate greater awareness and utilization among our Clients and Members. Marketing costs also include third-party independent research, trade shows and brand messages, public relations costs and stock-based compensation for our advertising and marketing employees. Our advertising and marketing expenses exclude certain allocations of occupancy expense as well as depreciation and amortization.

We expect our advertising and marketing expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to increase the size of our digital advertising and marketing operations including member acquisition and engagement activities and expand into new products and markets. Our advertising and marketing expenses will fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and extent of our advertising campaigns and marketing expenses. We will continue to invest in advertising and marketing by promoting our brands through a variety of marketing and public relations activities.

 

Sales Expenses

Sales expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, commissions, employment taxes, travel and stock-based compensation costs for our employees engaged in sales, account management

54


 

Table of Contents

and sales support in addition to commissions paid to external brokers. Our sales expenses exclude certain allocations of occupancy expense as well as depreciation and amortization. We expect our sales expenses to increase in the short-to-medium-term as we strategically invest to expand our business and to capture an increasing amount of our market opportunity.

Technology and Development Expenses

Technology and development expenses include personnel and related expenses for software engineering, information technology infrastructure, security and compliance and product development. Technology and development expenses also include outsourced software engineering services, the costs of operating our on-demand technology infrastructure, licensed applications and stock-based compensation for our technology and development employees. Our technology and development expenses exclude certain allocations of occupancy expense as well as depreciation and amortization.

 

We expect our technology and development expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in the development of our technology platform. Our technology and development expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and extent of our technology and development expenses. Historically, the majority of our technology and development costs have been expensed.

Legal and Regulatory Expenses

Legal and regulatory expenses include professional fees incurred. Our legal and regulatory expenses exclude certain allocations of personnel and related expenses, occupancy expense as well as depreciation and amortization.

Acquisition and Integration Related Costs

Acquisition and integration related costs include investment banking, financing, legal, accounting, consultancy, integration and certain non-recurring transaction costs related to mergers and acquisitions.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses include personnel and related expenses of, and professional fees incurred by our executive, finance, product development, business development, operations and human resources departments. They also include stock-based compensation costs related to our board of directors and our employess and most of the facilities costs including utilities and facilities maintenance. Our general and administrative expenses exclude any allocation of depreciation and amortization.

 

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to grow our business. However, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our total revenue over the next several years. Our general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and extent of our general and administrative expenses.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

Depreciation and amortization consists primarily of depreciation of fixed assets, amortization of capitalized software development costs and amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets.

Amortization of Warrants and Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt consists of the recognition of the fair value of warrants in connection with the July 2016 Mezzanine Term Loan, the write-off of origination and termination financing fees and related deferred financing costs in connection with SVB indebtedness and 2017 New Term Loan extinguished in connection with our 2016, July 2017 refinancings and December 2017 offering.

55


 

Table of Contents

 

Interest Expense, Net

 

Interest expense, net consists of interest costs associated with our bank, other debt and amortization of debt issuance costs and costs associated with the Convertible Senior Notes and the New Term Loan, net of interest earned on short-term marketable securities.

 

Foreign Currency

The functional currency for each of our foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average exchange rate during the period. Cumulative translation gains or losses are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). We have not utilized hedging strategies with respect to such foreign exchange exposure.

 

Income Tax Provision

 

We follow the provisions of the accounting guidance on accounting for income taxes which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax asset to a level which, more likely than not, will be realized. We have recorded deferred tax liabilities arising principally from deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinitely lived intangible assets in the U.S. and from deferred tax liabilities in foreign jurisdictions. We have provided a full valuation allowance for our U.S. deferred tax assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016, as it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized in the future.

 

H.R. 1, new tax legislation, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act includes significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including amendments which significantly change the taxation of business entities. ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment. Amounts recorded in the year ended December 31, 2017 principally relate to the permanent reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent, effective January 1, 2018, which resulted in the remeasurement of the net deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinitely lived intangible assets. Absent this deferred tax liability, the Company is in a net deferred tax asset position that is offset by a full valuation allowance.

 

56


 

Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the dollar and percentage change between the respective periods (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

    

 

2017

 

    

 

    

    

 

    

2016

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

2015

 

 

 

 

$

 

Variance

 

%

 

 

$

 

Variance

 

%

 

 

$

Revenue

 

 

 

$

233,279

 

$

110,122

 

89

%

 

$

123,157

 

$

45,773

 

59

%

 

$

77,384

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

61,623

 

 

29,652

 

93

%

 

 

31,971

 

 

10,930

 

52

%

 

 

21,041

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

171,656

 

 

80,470

 

88

%

 

 

91,186

 

 

34,843

 

62

%

 

 

56,343

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

 

 

57,663

 

 

22,943

 

66

%

 

 

34,720

 

 

14,484

 

72

%

 

 

20,236

Sales

 

 

 

 

37,984

 

 

11,741

 

45

%

 

 

26,243

 

 

8,267

 

46

%

 

 

17,976

Technology and development

 

 

 

 

34,459

 

 

12,644

 

58

%

 

 

21,815

 

 

7,605

 

54

%

 

 

14,210

Legal

 

 

 

 

1,485

 

 

(2,632)

 

-64

%

 

 

4,117

 

 

(4,761)

 

-54

%

 

 

8,878

Regulatory

 

 

 

 

3,387

 

 

229

 

7

%

 

 

3,158

 

 

725

 

30

%

 

 

2,433

Acquisition and integration related costs

 

 

 

 

13,196

 

 

6,237

 

90

%

 

 

6,959

 

 

6,408

 

NM

%

 

 

551

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

79,781

 

 

31,213

 

64

%

 

 

48,568

 

 

5,587

 

13

%

 

 

42,981

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

19,095

 

 

10,825

 

131

%

 

 

8,270

 

 

3,407

 

70

%

 

 

4,863

Loss from operations

 

 

 

 

(75,394)

 

 

(12,730)

 

20

%

 

 

(62,664)

 

 

(6,879)

 

12

%

 

 

(55,785)

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

14,122

 

 

5,668

 

67

%

 

 

8,454

 

 

8,454

 

 —

%

 

 

 —

Interest expense, net

 

 

 

 

17,491

 

 

14,903

 

NM

%

 

 

2,588

 

 

389

 

18

%

 

 

2,199

Net loss before taxes

 

 

 

 

(107,007)

 

 

(33,301)

 

45

%

 

 

(73,706)

 

 

(15,722)

 

27

%

 

 

(57,984)

Income tax (benefit) provision

 

 

 

 

(225)

 

 

(735)

 

NM

%

 

 

510

 

 

474

 

NM

%

 

 

36

Net loss

 

 

 

$

(106,782)

 

$

(32,566)

 

44

%

 

$

(74,216)

 

$

(16,196)

 

28

%

 

$

(58,020)

NM – not meaningful

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

 

The following table reconciles net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

    

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Net loss

 

 

 

$

(106,782)

 

$

(74,216)

 

$

(58,020)

 

Add:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

 

 

17,491

 

 

2,588

 

 

2,199

 

Income tax (benefit) provision

 

 

 

 

(225)

 

 

510

 

 

36

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

 

 

3,771

 

 

2,176

 

 

1,133

 

Amortization expense

 

 

 

 

15,324

 

 

6,094

 

 

3,730

 

EBITDA(1)

 

 

 

 

(70,421)

 

 

(62,848)

 

 

(50,922)

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

30,597

 

 

7,723

 

 

3,075

 

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

14,122

 

 

8,454

 

 

 —

 

Acquisition and integration related costs

 

 

 

 

13,196

 

 

6,959

 

 

551

 

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

 

 

 

$

(12,506)

 

$

(39,712)

 

$

(47,296)

 


(1)

Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

 

To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, we use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures to clarify and enhance an understanding of past performance. We believe that the presentation of

57


 

Table of Contents

these financial measures enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We further believe that these financial measures are useful financial metrics to assess our operating performance from period-to-period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We use certain financial measures for business planning purposes and in measuring our performance relative to that of our competitors. We utilize Adjusted EBITDA as the primary measure of our performance.

 

EBITDA consists of net loss before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe that making such adjustment provides investors meaningful information to understand our results of operations and the ability to analyze financial and business trends on a period-to-period basis.

 

Adjusted EBITDA consists of net loss before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation, amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt and acquisition and integration related costs. We believe that making such adjustment provides investors meaningful information to understand our results of operations and the ability to analyze financial and business trends on a period-to-period basis.

 

We believe both financial measures are commonly used by investors to evaluate our performance and that of our competitors. However, our use of the term EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may vary from that of others in our industry. Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as an alternative to net loss before taxes, net loss, loss per share or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP as measures of performance.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have important limitation as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

·

does not reflect the significant interest expense on our debt; and

 

·

eliminates the impact of income taxes on our results of operations; and

 

·

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and both measures do not reflect any expenditures for such replacements; and

 

·

does not reflect the significant non-recurring charge associated with the amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt; and

 

·

does not reflect the significant acquisition and integration related costs related to mergers and acquisitions; and

 

·

does not reflect the significant non cash stock compensation expense which should be viewed as a component of recurring operating costs; and

 

·

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting the usefulness of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as comparative measures.

 

We compensate for these limitations by using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA along with other comparative tools, together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. Such U.S. GAAP measurements include gross profit, net loss, net loss per share and other performance measures.

 

In evaluating these financial measures, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses similar to those eliminated in this presentation. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items.

58


 

Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Results of Operations Discussion

 

We completed our acquisitions of Best Doctors on July 14, 2017, HealthiestYou on July 1, 2016, StatDoc on June 17, 2015 and BetterHelp on January 23, 2015. The results of operations of all acquisitions have been included in our audited consolidated financial statements from their respective acquisition dates.

 

Revenue.  Total revenue was $233.3 million including $47.0 million from Best Doctors for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $123.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $110.1 million, or 89%, excluding the effect from acquisitions organic growth was 43%. The increase in revenue was substantially driven by the acquisition of Best Doctors contributing $47.0 million in revenue, and an increase in new Clients and the number of new Members generating additional subscription access fees and visit fees. The increase in subscription access fees was due to the addition of new Clients, both organically and through acquisition, as the number of paid Members increased by 33% from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017. Revenue from the U.S. subscription access fees was $179.2 million which includes $26.1 million from Best Doctors. Additionally, Best Doctors generated $18.3 million of international subscription access fees for the year ended December 31, 2017. We completed 1,463,000 visits, representing $35.8 million of visit fees for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 952,000 visits, representing $22.7 million of visit fees during the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $13.1 million, or 58%. Revenue from general medical visits and other specialty visits (primarily expert second opinions) was $33.3 million and $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

Total revenue was $123.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $77.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $45.8 million, or 59%. The increase in revenue was substantially driven by an increase in new Clients and the number of new Members generating additional subscription access fees and visit fees. The increase in subscription access fees was due to the addition of new Clients, both organically and through acquisition, as the number of Members increased by 59% from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016. We completed 952,000 visits, representing $22.7 million of visit fees for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 575,689 visits, representing $14.1 million of visit fees for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $8.6 million, or 61%.

Cost of Revenue.  Cost of revenue was $61.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $29.6 million, or 93%. The increase was primarily due to the additional $15.6 million in costs associated with Best Doctors services, and increased general medical visits resulting in increased provider fees and increased physician network operation center costs, and hiring of additional personnel to manage our provider network operations centers.

 

Cost of revenue was $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $11.0 million, or 52%. The increase was primarily due to increased general medical visits resulting in increased provider fees and physician network operation center costs, increased medical malpractice insurance costs.

 

Gross Profit.  Gross profit was $171.7 million, or 74% as a percentage of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $91.2 million, or 74%, as a percentage of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $80.5 million, or 88%. The increase is the result of the aforementioned revenue and cost of revenue growth.

 

Gross profit was $91.2 million, or 74% as a percentage of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $56.3 million, or 73%, as a percentage of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $34.9 million, or 62%. The increase is the result of the aforementioned revenue and cost of revenue growth.

 

Advertising and Marketing Expenses.  Advertising and marketing expenses were $57.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $34.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $22.9 million, or 66%. Including the impact from Best Doctors, this increase primarily consisted of increased member engagement initiatives, increased digital advertising, sponsorship of professional organizations and trade shows of $15.2 million, increased staffing, employee-related expenses and stock compensation expense of $6.5 million and other

59


 

Table of Contents

expenses of $1.2 million.

 

Advertising and marketing expenses were $34.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $14.5 million, or 72%. This increase primarily consisted of increased member engagement initiatives, increased digital advertising, sponsorship of professional organizations and trade shows of $12.3 million, increased staffing and employee-related expenses of $1.6 million and other expenses of $0.6 million.

 

Sales Expenses.  Sales expenses were $38.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $11.8 million, or 45%. Including the impact from Best Doctors, this increase primarily consisted of increased staffing and employee-related expenses including sales commissions of $10.3 million, increased travel and entertainment expenses of $1.0 million and other expenses of $0.4 million.

 

Sales expenses were $26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $8.2 million, or 46%. This increase primarily consisted of increased staffing and employee-related expenses including sales commissions of $6.6 million, increased travel and entertainment expenses of $0.3 million and other expenses of $1.3 million.

 

Technology and Development Expenses.  Technology and development expenses were $34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $21.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $12.7 million, or 58%. Including the impact from Best Doctors, this increase resulted primarily from hiring additional personnel totaling $7.9 million, professional fees of $3.8 million, and ongoing projects to improve and optimize our technology platform and other expenses of $0.9 million.

 

Technology and development expenses were $21.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $7.6 million, or 54%. This increase resulted primarily from hiring additional personnel totaling $6.4 million, and ongoing projects to improve and optimize our technology platform and other expenses of $1.2 million.

 

Legal Expenses.  Legal expenses were $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $2.6 million, or 64%. This decrease resulted primarily from lower legal fees incurred in connection with the Company’s legal actions in Texas.

 

Legal expenses were $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $4.8 million, or 54%. This decrease resulted primarily from lower legal fees incurred in connection with the Company’s legal actions in Texas.

 

Regulatory Expenses.  Regulatory expenses were $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $0.2 million, or 7%. This increase resulted primarily from the increased activities required in connection with the Company’s legal efforts in Texas and certain other states.

 

Regulatory expenses were $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $0.8 million, or 30%. This increase resulted primarily from the increased activities required in connection with the Company’s legal efforts in Texas and certain other states.

 

Acquisition and Integration Related Costs.  Acquisition related costs were $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $6.2 million. The 2017 acquisition and integration related costs represent legal, personnel and professional related fees for the July 2017 acquisition of Best Doctors. The 2016 acquisition related costs was primarily due to $5.7 million of contract termination costs related to HealthiestYou for certain third party providers, as well as legal and professional costs.

 

Acquisition and integration related costs were $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to

60


 

Table of Contents

$0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $6.4 million. This increase was primarily due to $5.7 million of contract termination costs related to HealthiestYou for certain third party providers. The contract termination costs of $5.7 million were previously accrued by HealthiestYou and reflected in HealthiestYou’s financial statements as of June 30, 2016, prior to the acquisition. These principally non-cash expenses are reflected in the Company’s 2016 results as the Company had determined that it will benefit from the termination of these contracts.

 

General and Administrative Expenses.  General and administrative expenses were $79.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $48.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $31.2 million, or 64%. Including the impact from Best Doctors, this increase was driven in part by an increase in employee-related expenses of approximately $26.0 million, primarily due to an increase in stock compensation expense and as a result of growth in overall full time employee headcount to 1,231 at December 31, 2017 as compared to 670 at December 31, 2016, and was primarily due to 529 employees from Best Doctors including the expansion from two to three provider network operations centers in 2017. Costs incurred in our provider network operations centers in connection with enhancing our Member services was consistent year over year. Professional fees, increased by $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to December 31, 2016. Other expenses, which include office-related charges and bank charges, severance costs, change in earnout, lease costs and bad debt expenses, increased net to $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $4.1 million and primarily reflecting the impact from Best Doctors.

 

General and administrative expenses were $48.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $5.6 million, or 13%. This increase was driven in part by an increase in employee-related expenses of approximately $7.7 million as a result of growth in overall full time employee headcount to 670 at December 31, 2016 as compared to 595 at December 31, 2015, and was primarily due to the establishment of our provider network operations center which migrated activities from a third-party provider during 2015. Additionally, costs incurred in our provider network operations centers in connection with enhancing our Member services decreased by $1.5 million. Professional fees, decreased by $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to December 31, 2015. Other expenses, which include office-related charges and bank charges, severance costs, lease costs including costs associated with abandoned facilities and bad debt expenses, increased to $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $0.2 million.

 

Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization was $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $10.8 million, or 131%. This increase was due to additional amortization expense primarily related to acquisition-related intangible assets that increased from $36.6 million at December 31, 2016 to $186.8 million at December 31, 2017 and an increase in depreciation expense on an increased base of depreciable fixed assets that increased from $11.7 million at December 31, 2016 to $16.9 million at December 31, 2017.

 

Depreciation and amortization was $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $3.4 million, or 70%. This increase was due to additional amortization expense primarily related to acquisition-related intangible assets that increased from $20.9 million at December 31, 2015 to $36.6 million at December 31, 2016 and an increase in depreciation expense on an increased base of depreciable fixed assets that increased from $7.5 million at December 31, 2015 to $11.7 million at December 31, 2016.

 

Amortization of Warrants and Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.  Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt was $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $5.6 million. As a result of the December 2017 Offering, the Company paid off the July 2017 New Term Loan Facility and recorded a one-time charge associated with the loss on extinguishment of debt of $12.6 million. As a result of the July 2017 refinancing, the Company paid off the July 2016 Mezzanine Term Loan and recorded a one-time charge associated with the loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.5 million. The amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt includes the early terminatin fee paid to SVB, the write-off of loan origination fees paid to SVB, deferred debt costs associated with both the July 2017 New Term Loan Facility and the July 2016 Mezzanine Term Loan.

61


 

Table of Contents

 

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt was $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and none for the year ended December 31, 2015. As a result of the July 2016 refinancing, the Company determined that the July 2016 Mezzanine Term Loan represented an extinguishment of the original SVB Mezzanine Term Loan and recorded a one-time charge associated with the amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt of $8.5 million. The amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt includes the write-off of loan origination fees paid to SVB, deferred debt costs associated with the original Mezzanine Term Loan and the $7.7 million non-cash fair value of the warrants issued to affiliates of SVB in connection with the July 2016 Mezzanine Term Loan.

 

Interest Expense, Net.  Interest expense, net consists of interest costs and amortization of debt issuance costs associated with our bank, other debt and Convertible Senior Notes and interest income from short-term investments in marketable securities. Interest expense, net was $17.5 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase in interest expense reflects higher outstanding debt, amortization of debt issuance costs and costs associated with the Convertible Senior Notes and the July 2017 re-financing.

 

Interest expense, net consists of interest costs associated with our bank and other debt and interest income from short-term investments in marketable securities. Interest expense, net was $2.6 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase in interest expense reflects higher outstanding debt and costs associated with the refinancing.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The following table presents a summary of our cash flow activity for the periods set forth below (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(34,441)

 

$

(51,875)

 

$

(47,181)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(448,379)

 

 

26,146

 

 

(108,203)

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

475,431

 

 

20,678

 

 

164,014

 

Total

 

$

(7,389)

 

$

(5,051)

 

$

8,630

 

 

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private sales of equity securities, debt issuance and bank borrowings.

 

On December 4, 2017, we successfully closed on a follow-on public offering, in which the Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million.

 

On July 14, 2017, the Company acquired Best Doctors. The purchase price was $445.5 million consisting of $379.4 million of cash and 1.9 million shares of Teladoc’s common stock valued at approximately $66.2 million.

On July 14, 2017 and concurrent with the consummation of the Best Doctors acquisition, the Company entered into a New Revolving Credit Facility of $10.0 million and a New Term Loan Facility of $175.0 million which resulted in net proceeds of $166.7 million after debt issuance related costs. The New Term Loan Facility of $175.0 million was subsequently repaid in conjunction with the December 4, 2017 offering described above.

On July 13, 2017, the Company repaid all the outstanding amounts under both the SVB Line of Credit Facility and the Mezzanine Term Loan of $17.5 million and $25 million, respectively, including early termination and deferred origination fees of $1.5 million and accrued expense of $0.2 million.

In June 2017, the Company issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022. The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on

62


 

Table of Contents

June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2017. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and the offering expenses payable by the Company.

In January 2017, we received $123.9 million of net cash proceeds associated with the issuance of 7,887,500 shares of common stock in conjunction with our January 2017 offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million.

In July 2015, we received $163.1 million of net cash proceeds associated with the issuance of 9,487,500 shares of common stock in conjunction with our IPO, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $12.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $4.5 million.

 

Our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $42.8 million as of December 31, 2017, which were held for working capital purposes. Our cash and cash equivalents are comprised of money market funds and marketable securities. Additionally, we had short-term marketable securities of $79.5 million as of December 31, 2017.

 

Cash Used in Operating Activities

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, cash used in operating activities was $34.4 million. The negative cash flows resulted primarily from our net loss of $106.8 million, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of $19.1 million, allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.7 million, stock-based compensation of $30.6 million, accretion of interest of $6.4 million, amortization of warrants and extinguishment of debt of $14.1 million and the effect of net changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash inflows of approximately $0.8 million all of which was the result of growth of the business. These items are partially offset by the impact of deferred income taxes of $0.3 million.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, cash used in operating activities was $51.9 million. The negative cash flows resulted primarily from our net loss of $74.2 million, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of $8.3 million, allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.4 million, stock-based compensation of $7.7 million, deferred income taxes of $0.5 million, accretion of interest of $0.3 million, and amortization of warrants of $7.7 million. These items are offset by the effect of net changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash inflows of approximately $4.6 million, all of which was the result of growth of the business.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 2016, the decrease in cash used in operating activities primarily reflects leverage from increased revenues generating additional gross profit to offset costs for strategic investments in personnel, technology and member engagement as well as lower legal expenses.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, cash used in operating activities was $47.2 million. The negative cash flows resulted primarily from our net loss of $58.0 million, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of $4.9 million, allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.0 million, stock-based compensation of $3.1 million, accretion of interest of $0.5 million, and impairment in long lived assets of $0.8 million. These items are offset by the effect of net changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash inflows of approximately $0.4 million, all of which was the result of growth of the business.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015, the increase in cash used in operating activities was primarily the result of additional headcount, increased advertising and marketing expenses, costs incurred to improve and optimize our technology platform, increases in our provider network operations centers, increased legal fees and office-related charges to support the growth of our business.

 

Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

 

Cash used in investing activities was $448.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Cash used in investing activities consisted of the acquisition of Best Doctors which represented payments of $379.4 million, purchase of short-term marketable securities of $63.5 million, net of sales, the purchase of property and equipment totaling $2.6

63


 

Table of Contents

million and investments in internally developed capitalized software of $2.9 million.

 

Cash provided by investing activities was $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash provided by investing activities consisted of net proceeds from short-term marketable securities of $66.6 million. Cash used in investing activities consisted of the acquisition of HealthiestYou which represented payments of $37.0 million, the purchase of property and equipment totaling $2.1 million and investments in internally developed capitalized software of $1.3 million.

 

Cash used in investing activities was $108.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash used in investing activities consisted of purchases of short-term marketable securities of $82.6 million, net of sales, the acquisitions of BetterHelp, StatDoc and other costs which included payments of $3.3 million, $12.9 million and $1.5 million net of cash acquired, respectively, the purchase of property and equipment totaling $6.3 million and investments in internally developed capitalized software of $1.5 million.

 

Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $475.4 million. Cash provided by financing activities consisted of $263.7 million proceeds from the issuance of the Convertible Notes, $258.6 million of net cash proceeds from our two follow-on offerings, $166.7 million borrowed under the New Term Loan, $10.8 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and $2.2 million of proceeds from participants in the employee stock purchase plan. Cash used in financing activities consisted of the repayment of $226.5 million for the New Term Loan, the Revolving Advance Facility and the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note and $0.1 million for withholding taxes for stock based awards.

 

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $20.7 million. Cash provided by financing activities consisted of $35.0 million borrowed under the Revolving Advance Facility and $2.5 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, $0.3 million from the issuance of common stock and $0.1 million from cash for withholding taxes on stock-based awards. Cash used in financing activities consisted of the repayment of $17.2 million under the Revolving Advance Facility and the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note.

 

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $164.0 million. Cash provided by financing activities consisted of $163.1 million of net cash proceeds from our IPO, an additional $6.8 million borrowed under the SVB Revolving Advance Facility and $0.4 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options. Cash used in financing activities consisted of the repayment of $6.3 million under the Revolving Advance Facility and the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note.

 

Looking Forward

 

As a result of our recent follow-on offerings, we received $134.7 million and $123.9 million of net cash proceeds in December 2017 and January 2017, respectively. Additionally in June 2017, we issued Convertible Senior Notes with net proceeds of $263.7 million and in July 2017, we entered into a New Revolving Credit Facility of $10.0 million. In July 2017, we acquired Best Doctors for approximately $379.4 million in cash and we paid off the entire SVB Facilities plus other deal related costs amounting to approximately $53.7 million. Currently, we anticipate positive Adjusted EBITDA results in 2018.

 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, contract renewal activity, number of visits, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts, our expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced services offerings and the continuing market acceptance of telehealth. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies and intellectual property rights. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

64


 

Table of Contents

 

2016 Shelf Registration Statement

We filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act on September 30, 2016, which was declared effective October 5, 2016 and which we refer to as the 2016 Shelf. Under the 2016 Shelf at the time of effectiveness, we had the ability to raise up to $300 million by selling common stock in addition to 2,000,000 shares of common stock eligible for resale by certain existing shareholders.

In January 2017, we successfully closed on our January 2017 Offering in which the Company issued and sold 7,885,500 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares and 1,600,000 shares offered by certain stockholders of the Company, at an issuance price of $16.75 per share. We received net proceeds of $123.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million.

In December 2017, we successfully closed on our December 2017 Offering in which the Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares and 830,000 shares offered by certain stockholders of the Company, at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million.

 

Indebtedness

On July 14, 2017 and concurrent with the consummation of the Best Doctors acquisition, the Company entered into a $175.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”) and a $10.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the New Term Loan Facility, the “New Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). The New Term Loan Facility had been used to fund the purchase of Best Doctors and the New Revolving Credit Facility is available for working capital and other general corporate purposes. In December 2017, the Company used the proceeds from the December Offering and repaid all the outstanding amounts under the $175.0 million New Term Loan Facility, including early termination and wrote-off deferred origination fees of $12.6 million which is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations as amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt. The Company has maintained the New Revolving Credit Facility and there is no amount outstanding as of December 31, 2017.

The New Term Loan Facility carried interest at a rate of 7.25% above fixed 90 days Libor of 1.24% (or 8.49%) and matured in July 2022. Interest payments were payable monthly in arrears. The New Revolving Credit Facility carries interest at a rate of 7.25% above fixed 90- days Libor of 1.24% and matures in July 2020. The Company is also required to pay a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the New Revolving Credit Facility at 0.50%. The Company incurred expenses of $8.3 million in conjunction with obtaining the New Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

On June 27, 2017, the Company issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”). The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2017. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $11.3 million.

The 2022 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank senior in right of payment to the Company’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2022 Notes; equal in right of payment to the Company’s liabilities that is not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries.

Holders may convert all or any portion of their 2022 Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at their option, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding June 15, 2022 only under the following circumstances:

· during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2017 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the shares of the Company’s common stock for at

65


 

Table of Contents

least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day;

· during the five business day period after any ten consecutive trading day period (the ‘‘measurement period’’) in which the trading price (as defined in the 2022 Notes Indenture) per $1,000 principal amount of 2022 Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day;

· upon the occurrence of specified corporate events described under the 2022 Notes Indenture; or

· if the Company calls the 2022 Notes for redemption, at any time until the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the redemption date as described under the 2022 Notes Indenture.

· on or after June 15, 2022, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2022 Notes, in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the option of the holder regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

The conversion rate for the 2022 Notes was initially, and remains, 22.7247 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2022 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $44.00 per share of the Company’s common stock. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election. If the Company elects (or are deemed to have elected) to satisfy the conversion obligation solely in cash or through payment and delivery, as the case may be, of a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, the amount of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, if any, due upon conversion will be based on a daily conversion value calculated on a proportionate basis for each trading day in a 25 trading day observation period (as defined in the 2022 Notes Indenture).

The Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the 2022 Notes, at its option, on or after December 22, 2020 if the last reported sale price of its common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of the redemption. The redemption price will be the principal amount of the 2022 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, calling any 2022 Note for redemption on or after December 22, 2020 will constitute a make-whole fundamental change with respect to that 2022 Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Note, if it is converted in connection with the redemption, will be increased in certain circumstances as described in the 2022 Notes Indenture.

In accounting for the issuance of the 2022 Notes, the Company separated the 2022 Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of the 2022 Notes as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount, referred to as the debt discount, is amortized to interest expense over the five-year term of the 2022 Notes. The equity component is not re-measured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The equity component related to the 2022 Notes is $62.4 million, net of debt issuance costs and is recorded in additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company has reserved 8.1 million shares of common stock for the 2022 Notes.

The fair value of the 2022 Notes was approximately $310 million as of December 31, 2017. The Company estimates the fair value of its 2022 Notes utilizing market quotations for debt that have quoted prices in active markets. Since the 2022 Notes do not trade on a daily basis in an active market, the fair value estimates are based on market observable inputs based on borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and average maturities, which are classified as Level 2 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. See Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” for definitions of hierarchy levels. As of December 31, 2017, the remaining contractual life of the 2022 Notes is approximately 5.0 years.

66


 

Table of Contents

The following information describes the Company’s debt agreements before the refinancing in July 2017.

In July 2016, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) that provided for a $25.0 million Mezzanine Term Loan and a $25.0 million Line of Credit Facility. The Mezzanine Term Loan carried interest at a rate of 6.25% above the Wall Street Journal or WSJ Prime Rate with a WSJ Prime Rate floor of 3.75% and matured in July 2019. Interest payments were payable monthly in arrears. The Company incurred a $250,000 loan origination fee and was liable for a final payment fee of $750,000 payable at maturity or upon prepayment of the Mezzanine Term Loan. In connection with entry into the Mezzanine Term Loan, the Company granted two affiliates of SVB warrants to purchase an aggregate of 798,694 shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $13.50 per share. The warrants were immediately exercisable and had a 10-year term. The fair value of the common stock warrants on the date of issue was approximately $7.7 million. The Company also granted SVB a security interest in significantly all of the Company’s assets. The Mezzanine Term Loan had been used to fund the expansion of the Company’s business.

The amended Line of Credit Facility provided for borrowings up to $25.0 million based on 300% of the Company’s monthly recurring revenue, as defined. In addition, there was an additional $25.0 million Uncommitted Incremental Facility permitted under the Line of Credit Facility. The Line of Credit Facility carried interest at a rate of 0.50% above the WSJ Prime Rate and matured in July 2019. The Company incurred an initial $75,000 loan origination fee and was responsible for additional $75,000 in annual fees on the anniversary of the Line of Credit Facility. The Company was also liable for a $50,000 loan arrangement fee if and when the Company utilized the Uncommitted Incremental Facility.

On July 13, 2017, the Company repaid and extinguished all the outstanding amounts under both of the SVB Line of Credit Facility and Mezzanine Term Loan of $17.5 million and $25.0 million, respectively, including early termination and final deferred origination fees of $1.5 million which was reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt and accrued expense of $0.2 million.

Effective with an acquisition in 2014, the Company executed a Subordinated Promissory Note in the amount of $3.5 million payable to the seller on April 30, 2015. The Subordinated Promissory Note carried interest at a rate of 10.00% annual interest and was subordinated to the SVB Facilities. In March 2015, the Company, the seller of AmeriDoc and SVB executed an Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note that extended the maturity of the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note to April 30, 2017. In November 2015, the Company executed the Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note with a revised annual interest rate at 7.00% commencing on January 1, 2016 and extended the maturity of the Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note to April 30, 2018 with a seller put option effective on April 30, 2017. The Company repaid $1.0 million during 2016 and the remaining outstanding amount of $2.0 million was paid during the first quarter of 2017.

 

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment Due by Period

 

 

    

 

 

    

Less than

    

1 to 3

    

4 to 5

    

More than

 

 

 

Total

 

1 Year

 

Years

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Operating leases

 

$

28,041

 

$

6,711

 

$

9,395

 

$

6,669

 

$

5,266

 

Obligations under the Convertible Notes

 

 

275,000

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

275,000

 

 

 —

 

Interest associated with long term debt

 

 

37,023

 

 

8,250

 

 

16,500

 

 

12,273

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

340,064

 

$

14,961

 

$

25,895

 

$

293,942

 

$

5,266

 

 

Our existing office and hosting co-location facilities lease agreements provide us with the option to renew and generally provide for rental payments on a graduated basis. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we entered into additional operating lease agreements as we expand our operations and if we exercised the office and hosting co-location facilities lease options. The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with

67


 

Table of Contents

agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above. For abandoned facilities, the above contractual obligation schedule does not reflect any realized or potential sublease revenue.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

During the periods presented, we did not have, nor do we currently have, any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to the financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships.

 

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. On January 1, 2017, the Company adopted this standard on a modified retrospective basis. A deferred tax asset of approximately $1.3 million was recorded as a cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit alongwith. The Company has also recorded a full valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty regarding the future realization and as a result, there was no change to stockholders’ equity. Additionally, the Company elected to change its policy from estimating forfeitures to recognizing forfeitures when they occur and recorded a cumulative adjustment to accumulated deficit of approximately $0.1 million as of January 1, 2017.

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), to achieve a consistent application of revenue recognition within the U.S., resulting in a single revenue model to be applied by reporting companies under GAAP. Under the new model, recognition of revenue occurs when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, the revised guidance requires that reporting companies disclose the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The revised guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the quarter ending March 31, 2018; early adoption is allowed. The revised guidance is required to be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or modified retrospectively applied with the cumulative effect of initially applying it recognized at the date of initial application. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 utilizing the modified retrospective approach. The Company underwent a process of identifying the various types of revenue streams, performed an evaluation of the components of the associated contractual arrangements and determined that the adoption of the new standard will have no impact on the consolidated financial statements. The Company is in the process of finalizing the associated revised revenue disclosures which will be included in the first quarterly filing in 2018.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 outlines a comprehensive lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms of greater than 12 months. It also changes the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. The new guidance must be adopted using the modified retrospective approach and will be effective for the Company starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

 

68


 

Table of Contents

Consolidated Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth our quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, per share data)

    

1Q16

    

2Q16

 

3Q16

 

4Q16

 

1Q17

 

2Q17

 

3Q17

 

4Q17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

26,888

 

$

26,488

 

$

32,381

 

$

37,400

 

$

42,898

 

$

44,591

 

$

68,650

 

$

77,140

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

7,943

 

 

6,891

 

 

7,112

 

 

10,025

 

 

12,139

 

 

10,026

 

 

16,742

 

 

22,716

 

Gross profit

 

 

18,945

 

 

19,597

 

 

25,269

 

 

27,375

 

 

30,759

 

 

34,565

 

 

51,908

 

 

54,424

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

8,050

 

 

7,804

 

 

9,046

 

 

9,820

 

 

12,616

 

 

12,278

 

 

14,328

 

 

18,441

 

Sales

 

 

5,270

 

 

5,860

 

 

7,662

 

 

7,451

 

 

7,988

 

 

7,324

 

 

11,393

 

 

11,279

 

Technology and development

 

 

5,225

 

 

4,829

 

 

5,867

 

 

5,894

 

 

6,512

 

 

7,537

 

 

9,964

 

 

10,446

 

Legal

 

 

1,122

 

 

1,193

 

 

1,033

 

 

769

 

 

343

 

 

277

 

 

105

 

 

760

 

Regulatory

 

 

848

 

 

772

 

 

817

 

 

721

 

 

1,007

 

 

987

 

 

777

 

 

616

 

Acquisition and integration related costs

 

 

 —

 

 

763

 

 

6,196

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,113

 

 

8,526

 

 

2,557

 

General and administrative

 

 

11,637

 

 

11,280

 

 

12,298

 

 

13,353

 

 

14,488

 

 

15,873

 

 

21,938

 

 

27,482

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,508

 

 

1,558

 

 

2,607

 

 

2,597

 

 

2,607

 

 

2,668

 

 

6,418

 

 

7,402

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(14,715)

 

 

(14,462)

 

 

(20,257)

 

 

(13,230)

 

 

(14,802)

 

 

(14,492)

 

 

(21,541)

 

 

(24,559)

 

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8,454

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,457

 

 

12,665

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

427

 

 

407

 

 

873

 

 

881

 

 

702

 

 

774

 

 

8,202

 

 

7,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before taxes

 

 

(15,142)

 

 

(14,869)

 

 

(29,584)

 

 

(14,111)

 

 

(15,504)

 

 

(15,266)

 

 

(31,200)

 

 

(45,037)

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

 

162

 

 

10

 

 

188

 

 

150

 

 

150

 

 

149

 

 

130

 

 

(654)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(15,304)

 

 

(14,879)

 

 

(29,772)

 

 

(14,261)

 

 

(15,654)

 

 

(15,415)

 

 

(31,330)

 

 

(44,383)

 

GAAP Net Loss per Share

 

$

(0.40)

 

$

(0.38)

 

$

(0.65)

 

$

(0.31)

 

$

(0.30)

 

$

(0.28)

 

$

(0.55)

 

$

(0.76)

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Used in Computing GAAP Net Loss per Share - Basic and Diluted

 

 

38,584

 

 

38,717

 

 

45,860

 

 

46,082

 

 

52,193

 

 

54,573

 

 

56,493

 

 

58,371

 

 

 

Regulatory Environment

 

Our operations are subject to comprehensive United States federal, state and local and comparable multiple levels of international regulation in the jurisdictions in which we do business. The laws and rules governing our business and interpretations of those laws and rules continue to expand and become more restrictive each year and are subject to frequent change. Our ability to operate profitably will depend in part upon our ability, and that of our affiliated providers, to maintain all necessary licenses and to operate in compliance with applicable laws and rules. Those laws and rules continue to evolve, and we therefore devote significant resources to monitoring developments in healthcare and medical practice regulation. As the applicable laws and rules change, we are likely to make conforming modifications in our business processes from time to time. In many jurisdictions where we operate, neither our current nor our anticipated business model has been the subject of judicial or administrative interpretation. We cannot be assured that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations.

 

Telehealth Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines

 

The practice of medicine, including the provision of behavioral health services, is subject to various federal, state and local certification and licensing laws, regulations and approvals, relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, the practice of medicine (including the provision of remote care and cross coverage practice), equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures and the prerequisites for the prescription of medication. The application of some of these laws to telehealth is unclear and subject to differing interpretation.

Physicians and behavioral health professionals who provide professional medical or behavioral health services to a patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine or to provide behavioral health treatment in the state in which the patient is located. We have established systems for ensuring that our affiliated physicians and behavioral health professionals are appropriately licensed under applicable state law and that their provision of telehealth to our members occurs in each instance in compliance with applicable rules governing telehealth. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in our services being found to be non reimbursable or prior payments being subject to recoupments and can give rise to civil or criminal penalties.

 

69


 

Table of Contents

U.S. Corporate Practice of Medicine; Fee Splitting

 

We contract with physicians or physician owned professional associations and professional corporations to deliver our U.S. telehealth services to their patients. We frequently enter into management services contracts with these physicians and physician owned professional associations and professional corporations pursuant to which we provide them with billing, scheduling and a wide range of other services, and they pay us for those services out of the fees they collect from patients and third party payors. These contractual relationships are subject to various state laws, including those of New York, Texas and California, that prohibit fee splitting or the practice of medicine by lay entities or persons and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional judgment. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or business interests. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an element of the practice of medicine in many states. Under the corporate practice of medicine restrictions of certain states, decisions and activities such as scheduling, contracting, setting rates and the hiring and management of non clinical personnel may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine.

 

State corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting laws vary from state to state and are not always consistent among states. In addition, these requirements are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. Some of these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based solely on our engagement of a provider licensed in the state or the provision of telehealth to a resident of the state. However, regulatory authorities or other parties, including our providers, may assert that, despite these arrangements, we are engaged in the corporate practice of medicine or that our contractual arrangements with affiliated physician groups constitute unlawful fee splitting. In this event, failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action against us and/or our providers, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease and desist orders from state regulators, loss of provider licenses, the need to make changes to the terms of engagement of our Providers that interfere with our business and other materially adverse consequences.

 

U.S. Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

 

Federal Stark Law

 

We are subject to the federal self referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law. Where applicable, this law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a “financial relationship” with the entity, unless an exception applies. The penalties for violating the Stark Law include the denial of payment for services ordered in violation of the statute, mandatory refunds of any sums paid for such services, civil penalties of up to $15,000 for each violation and twice the dollar value of each such service and possible exclusion from future participation in the federally funded healthcare programs. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibitions may be fined up to $100,000 for each applicable arrangement or scheme. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in violation of the various statutes, including the Stark Law can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act (described below) based on the contention that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. A determination of liability under the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Federal Anti Kickback Statute

 

We are also subject to the federal Anti Kickback Statute. The Anti Kickback Statute is broadly worded and prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, (i) the referral of a person covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, (ii) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs or (iii) the purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Certain federal courts have held that the Anti Kickback Statute can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. In addition, a person or

70


 

Table of Contents

entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation, making it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the requisite state of mind or “scienter” required for a violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act, as discussed below. Violations of the Anti Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines of $50,000 per violation and three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration. Imposition of any of these remedies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, has published safe-harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti Kickback Statute provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti Kickback Statute. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.

 

False Claims Act

 

Both federal and state government agencies have continued civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and their executives and managers. Although there are a number of civil and criminal statutes that can be applied to healthcare providers, a significant number of these investigations involve the federal False Claims Act. These investigations can be initiated not only by the government but also by a private party asserting direct knowledge of fraud. These “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits may be initiated against any person or entity alleging such person or entity has knowingly or recklessly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, the improper retention of an overpayment for 60 days or more is also a basis for a False Claim Act action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Penalties for False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. A False Claims Act violation may provide the basis for exclusion from the federally funded healthcare programs. In addition, some states have adopted similar fraud, whistleblower and false claims provisions.

 

State Fraud and Abuse Laws

 

Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any third party payor, including commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare program. A determination of liability under such state fraud and abuse laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

 

Other Healthcare Laws

 

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, established several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to insurance companies and other non governmental payors of healthcare services. Under HIPAA, these two additional federal crimes are: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment. These

71


 

Table of Contents

provisions are intended to punish some of the same conduct in the submission of claims to private payors as the federal False Claims Act covers in connection with governmental health programs.

 

In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, inappropriate billing of services to federally funded healthcare programs and employing or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in federally funded healthcare programs. Moreover, a person who offers or transfers to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of co payments and deductible amounts (or any part thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be liable for civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the Anti Kickback Statute and civil False Claims Act, which can impose additional penalties associated with the wrongful act. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The OIG emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers of copayments and deductibles offered to patients covered by commercial payers may implicate applicable state laws related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with patient contracts and statutory or common law fraud.

 

U.S. State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws

 

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personally identifiable information, or PII, including health information. In particular, HIPAA establishes privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of protected health information, or PHI, and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Teladoc, our Providers and our health plan Clients are all regulated as covered entities under HIPAA. Since the effective date of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule on September 23, 2013, HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the independent contractors, agents and other “business associates” of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI in connection with providing services to covered entities. Although we are a covered entity under HIPAA, we are also a business associate of other covered entities when we are working on behalf of our affiliated medical groups.

 

Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. The civil penalties range from $100 to $50,000 per violation, with a cap of $1.5 million per year for violations of the same standard during the same calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. We must also comply with HIPAA’s breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, covered entities must notify affected individuals without unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which may compromise the privacy, security or integrity of the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the HHS and the local media in cases where a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. The regulations also require business associates of covered entities to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate.

 

State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and security enforcement efforts.

 

HIPAA also required HHS to adopt national standards establishing electronic transaction standards that all

72


 

Table of Contents

healthcare providers must use when submitting or receiving certain healthcare transactions electronically. On January 16, 2009, HHS released the final rule mandating that everyone covered by HIPAA must implement ICD 10 for medical coding on October 1, 2013, which was subsequently extended to October 1, 2015 and is now in effect.

 

Many states in which we operate and in which our patients reside also have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California, in which we operate, are more restrictive than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws are changing rapidly, and there is discussion of a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law, to which we may be subject.

 

In addition to HIPAA, state health information privacy and state health information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security and laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting.

 

In recent years, there have been a number of well publicized data breaches involving the improper use and disclosure of PII and PHI. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials. In addition, under HIPAA and pursuant to the related contracts that we enter into with our business associates, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our contractual partners following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected individuals, federal authorities and others.

 

International Regulation

 

We expect to continue to expand our operations in foreign countries through both organic growth and acquisitions. Our international operations are subject to different, and sometimes more stringent, legal and regulatory requirements, which vary widely by jurisdiction, including anti-corruption laws; economic sanctions laws; various privacy, insurance, tax, tariff and trade laws and regulations; corporate governance, privacy, data protection (including the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation which will apply across the EU effective May 2018), data mining, data transfer, labor and employment, intellectual property, consumer protection and investment laws and regulations; discriminatory licensing procedures; required localization of records and funds; and limitations on dividends and repatriation of capital. In addition, the expansion of our operations into foreign countries increases our exposure to the anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering provisions of U.S. law, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), and corresponding foreign laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “UK Bribery Act”).

 

The FCPA prohibits offering, promising or authorizing others to give anything of value to a foreign government official to obtain or retain business or otherwise secure a business advantage. We also are subject to applicable anti-corruption laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Violations of the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws may result in severe criminal and civil sanctions as well as other penalties, and the SEC and the DOJ have increased their enforcement activities with respect to the FCPA. The UK Bribery Act is an anti-corruption law that is broader in scope than the FCPA and applies to all companies with a nexus to the United Kingdom. Disclosures of FCPA violations may be shared with the UK authorities, thus potentially exposing companies to liability and potential penalties in multiple jurisdictions. We have internal control policies and procedures and conduct training and compliance programs for our employees to deter prohibited practices. However, if our employees or agents fail to comply with applicable laws governing our international operations, we may face investigations, prosecutions and other legal proceedings and actions which could result in civil penalties, administrative remedies and criminal sanctions.

 

We also are subject to regulation by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). OFAC administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals against

73


 

Table of Contents

targeted foreign countries and regimes, terrorists, international narcotics traffickers, those engaged in activities related to the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, and other threats to the national security, foreign policy or economy of the United States. In addition, we may be subject to similar regulations in the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Risk and Foreign Exchange Risk

 

We do not have any floating rate debt with our New Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2017. Cash equivalents that are subject to interest rate volatility represent our principal market risk. We do not expect cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by a sudden change in market interest rates.

 

We operate our business primarily within the United States and currently execute approximately 85% of our transactions in U.S. dollars. We have not utilized hedging strategies with respect to such foreign exchange exposure. This limited foreign currency translation risk is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule filed as part of this Form 10-K.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

 

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2017 due to a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting, as described below.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. 

 

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. The assessment excluded the internal controls of our July 2017 acquisition of Best Doctors, Inc., which represented 5% and 3% of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2017 and 20% and 1% of total revenue and net loss, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer,

74


 

Table of Contents

concluded that the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting described below existed as of December 31, 2017.

 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

In connection with the preparation of our annual financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, management identified a material weakness relating to the accounting for certain fourth quarter 2017 awards of stock-based compensation with unique or different terms than the Company’s standard stock awards. During our fourth quarter of 2017, controls over these types of awards did not operate as designed, resulting in an adjustment to increase operating expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The material weakness had no impact on the Company’s financial position or cash flows. As a result, management has concluded that the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 based on the COSO criteria described above.

 

In response to the material weakness, we have taken remedial action to strengthen our existing internal controls by designing a series of controls that address manual, infrequent or unique stock compensation awards. Additionally, our accounting staff responsible for preparing and reviewing stock based compensation expense will complete renewed training in the accounting of these types of awards as proscribed by current accounting standards. 

 

We are committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment. In the history of the Company, stock awards with unique or different terms have rarely occurred before the recent fourth quarter awards. With the implementation and operating effectiveness of these corrective actions, we anticipate that the material weakness identified above could be deemed remediated as soon as the quarter ending March 31, 2018.

 

With the exception of the material weakness noted above, no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, is appointed by the Board of Directors and ratified by our Company’s shareholders. They were engaged to render an opinion regarding the fair presentation of our consolidated financial statements as well as conducting an audit of internal control cover financial reporting. Their accompanying reports are based upon audits conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

 

 

 

 

75


 

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Teladoc, Inc.

 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited Teladoc, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Teladoc, Inc. (the Company) has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the COSO criteria.

 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment.  Management has identified a material weakness in controls related to the Company’s stock-based compensation process.

 

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Best Doctors, Inc., which is included in the 2017 consolidated financial statements of the Company and constituted 5% and 3% of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2017 and 20% and 1% of revenues and net loss, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Best Doctors, Inc.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2017 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated February 27, 2018, which expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards required that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

76


 

Table of Contents

Definitions and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations  of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

New York, New York

February 27, 2018

 

 

 

77


 

Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

78


 

Table of Contents

PART III

 

Information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III is omitted from this Annual Report and will be filed in a definitive proxy statement or by an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report. 

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 10 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the captions “Directors and Executive Officers” and “Corporate Governance” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 11 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Executive Compensation,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 11 by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 12 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 12 by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 13 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 14 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Services and Fees of Ernst & Young,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 14 by reference.

 

79


 

Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

A list of exhibits is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(a)         (1)         The Registrant’s financial statements together with a separate table of contents are annexed hereto

 

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules are listed in the separate table of contents annexed hereto.

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Balance at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

End

 

 

   

of Period

   

Provision

   

Write-offs

   

Other

   

of Period

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

$

2,422

 

 

$

1,731

 

 

$

(1,920)

 

 

$

189

 

 

$

2,422

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

$

1,812

 

 

$

2,412

 

 

$

(1,802)

 

 

$

 —

 

 

$

2,422

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

$

1,785

 

 

$

1,962

 

 

$

(1,935)

 

 

$

 —

 

 

$

1,812

 

 

 

Income Taxes Valuation Allowance (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Balance at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

End

 

 

    

of Period

    

Provision

    

Write-offs

    

Other

    

of Period

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

$

71,202

 

 

$

28,207

 

 

$

 —

 

 

$

(25,623)

 

 

$

73,786

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

$

46,477

 

 

$

25,856

 

 

$

 —

 

 

$

(1,131)

 

 

$

71,202

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

$

22,358

 

 

$

22,094

 

 

$

 —

 

 

$

2,025

 

 

$

46,477

 

 

All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 above.

 

(3)         Exhibits 

 

Unless otherwise indicated, each of the following exhibits has been previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the Company under File No. 001-37477.

 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

 

Not applicable.

80


 

Table of Contents

 

Exhibit

 

Index

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing
Date

    

Filed
Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 19, 2017, by and among Teladoc, Inc., Barolo Acquisition Corp., Best Doctors Holdings, Inc., Shareholder Representative Services LLC, as stockholder representative, BBH Capital Partners IV, L.P. and BBH Capital Partners QP IV, L.P.

 

8-K

 

001-37477

 

2.1

 

6/20/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 14, 2017, by and among Teladoc, Inc., Best Doctors Holdings, Inc. and Shareholder Representative Services LLC, as stockholder representative

 

8-K

 

001-37477

 

2.1

 

7/18/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Teladoc, Inc.

 

8-K

 

001-37477

 

3.1

 

5/31/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teladoc, Inc.

 

8-K

 

001-37477

 

3.2

 

5/31/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of the common stock.

 

S-1/A

 

333-204577

 

4.5

 

6/24/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2017, by and between Teladoc, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association.

 

8-K

 

001-37477

 

4.1

 

6/29/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Global 3.00% Convertible Senior Note due 2022, dated as of June 27, 2017.

 

8-K

 

001-37477

 

4.2

 

6/29/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

 

S-1/A

 

333-204577

 

10.7

 

6/18/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Teladoc, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan (as amended and restated effective May 25, 2017).

 

8-K

 

001-37477

 

10.1

 

5/31/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Teladoc, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

333-204577

 

10.11

 

6/18/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Teladoc, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

333-204577

 

10.12

 

6/18/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Teladoc, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

333-204577

 

10.13

 

6/18/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

Teladoc, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

333-204577

 

10.14

 

6/18/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

Teladoc, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (as amended).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

81


 

Table of Contents

10.8

 

Teladoc, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9

 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2015, by and between Teladoc, Inc. and Jason Gorevic.

 

S-1/A

 

333-204577

 

10.19

 

6/18/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10

 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2015, by and between Teladoc, Inc. and Mark Hirschhorn.

 

S-1/A

 

333-204577

 

10.20

 

6/18/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, by and between Teladoc, Inc. and Mark Hirschhorn.

 

8-K

 

001-37477

 

10.1

 

12/30/16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 17, 2017, by and between Teladoc, Inc. and Peter McClennen.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

 

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2017, by and between Teladoc, Inc. and Peter McClennen.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14

 

Teladoc, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (as amended on July 11, 2017).

 

S-8

 

333-219275

 

99.3

 

7/14/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Teladoc, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

 

10-K

 

001-37477

 

10.17

 

3/01/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Teladoc, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

 

10-K

 

001-37477

 

10.18

 

3/01/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Teladoc, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

 

10-K

 

001-37477

 

10.19

 

3/01/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18

 

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2017, by and among Teladoc, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Sole Lead Arranger and Bookrunner.

 

8-K

 

001-37477

 

10.1

 

7/18/17

 

 

 

21.1

 

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

23.1

 

 

 

Consents of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

82


 

Table of Contents

31.1

 

Chief Executive Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Chief Financial Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Chief Executive Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

 

Chief Financial Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Definition Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*


*Filed herewith.

 

**Furnished herewith.

83


 

Table of Contents

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

TELADOC, INC.

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

/s/ JASON GOREVIC

 

Name:

Jason Gorevic

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

/s/ MARK HIRSCHHORN

 

Name:

Mark Hirschhorn

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

 /s/ DAVID B. SNOW, JR.

 

Name:

David B. Snow, Jr.

 

Title:

Chairman

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

 /s/ HELEN DARLING

 

Name:

Helen Darling

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

 /s/ WILLIAM H. FRIST, M.D.

 

Name:

William H. Frist, M.D.

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

 /s/ MICHAEL GOLDSTEIN

 

Name:

Michael Goldstein

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

 /s/ THOMAS MAWHINNEY

 

Name:

Thomas Mawhinney

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

 /s/ BRIAN MCANDREWS

 

Name:

Brian McAndrews

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

 /s/ THOMAS G. MCKINLEY

 

Name:

Thomas G. McKinley

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

 /s/ ARNEEK MULTANI

 

Name:

Arneek Multani

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

 /s/ KENNETH PAULUS

 

Name:

Kenneth Paulus

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2018

By:

 /s/ DAVID SHEDLARZ

 

Name:

David Shedlarz

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

84


 

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

 

 

 

 

 

    

Page

1. Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Teladoc, Inc.

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations 

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss 

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) 

 

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

 

F-7

Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 

 

F-8

 

2. Supplemental Financial Data:

The following supplemental financial data of the Registrant required to be included in Item 15(a)(2) on Form-10K are listed below:

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

80

 

 

F-1


 

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Teladoc, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Teladoc, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 27, 2018 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risk of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

New York, New York

February 27, 2018

 

F-2


 

Table of Contents

TELADOC, INC.

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

As of December 31,

 

 

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

42,817

 

$

50,015

Short-term investments

 

 

79,489

 

 

15,793

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $2,422 and $2,422, respectively

 

 

27,094

 

 

13,806

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

6,839

 

 

3,103

Total current assets

 

 

156,239

 

 

82,717

Property and equipment, net

 

 

8,963

 

 

7,479

Goodwill

 

 

498,520

 

 

188,184

Intangible assets, net

 

 

159,811

 

 

24,875

Other assets

 

 

858

 

 

415

Total assets

 

$

824,391

 

$

303,670

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

3,884

 

$

2,236

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

19,357

 

 

7,981

Accrued compensation

 

 

17,089

 

 

8,856

Other debt - current portion

 

 

 —

 

 

2,000

Total current liabilities

 

 

40,330

 

 

21,073

Other liabilities

 

 

4,882

 

 

7,609

Deferred taxes

 

 

12,906

 

 

1,694

Long term bank and other debt, net

 

 

 —

 

 

42,424

Convertible senior notes, net

 

 

207,370

 

 

 —

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares and 75,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively; 61,534,101 shares and 46,201,563 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

 

 

61

 

 

46

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

866,330

 

 

435,551

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(311,577)

 

 

(204,726)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

4,089

 

 

(1)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

558,903

 

 

230,870

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

824,391

 

$

303,670

 

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


 

Table of Contents

TELADOC, INC.

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

(in thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Revenue

    

    

    

$

233,279

    

$

123,157

    

$

77,384

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

61,623

 

 

31,971

 

 

21,041

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

171,656

 

 

91,186

 

 

56,343

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

 

 

57,663

 

 

34,720

 

 

20,236

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

37,984

 

 

26,243

 

 

17,976

 

Technology and development

 

 

 

 

34,459

 

 

21,815

 

 

14,210

 

Legal

 

 

 

 

1,485

 

 

4,117

 

 

8,878

 

Regulatory

 

 

 

 

3,387

 

 

3,158

 

 

2,433

 

Acquisition and integration related costs

 

 

 

 

13,196

 

 

6,959

 

 

551

 

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

79,781

 

 

48,568

 

 

42,981

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

19,095

 

 

8,270

 

 

4,863

 

Loss from operations

 

 

 

 

(75,394)

 

 

(62,664)

 

 

(55,785)

 

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

14,122

 

 

8,454

 

 

 —

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

 

 

17,491

 

 

2,588

 

 

2,199

 

Net loss before taxes

 

 

 

 

(107,007)

 

 

(73,706)

 

 

(57,984)

 

Income tax (benefit) provision

 

 

 

 

(225)

 

 

510

 

 

36

 

Net loss

 

 

 

$

(106,782)

 

$

(74,216)

 

$

(58,020)

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

 

 

$

(1.93)

 

$

(1.75)

 

$

(2.91)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

 

 

55,427,460

 

 

42,330,908

 

 

19,917,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


 

Table of Contents

TELADOC, INC.

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Net loss

    

    

    

$

(106,782)

    

$

(74,216)

    

$

(58,020)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Net change in unrealized (loss) gains on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

(51)

 

 

41

 

 

(42)

 

 Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

4,141

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

4,090

 

 

41

 

 

(42)

 

Comprehensive loss

 

 

 

$

(102,692)

 

$

(74,175)

 

$

(58,062)

 

 

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements

 

 

F-5


 

Table of Contents

TELADOC, INC.

 

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Additional

    

 

 

    

Other

    

Total

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

 

 

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Deficit

    

Income

    

Equity

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

 

2,037,999

 

$

 2

 

$

4,953

 

$

(72,490)

 

$

 —

 

$

(67,535)

 

Exercise of stock options

 

270,545

 

 

 —

 

 

428

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

428

 

Exercise of warrants

 

114,111

 

 

 —

 

 

(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1)

 

Issuance of stock in acquisition

 

1,051,033

 

 

 1

 

 

16,774

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

16,775

 

Issuance of stock in connection with IPO, net of $17,144 issuance costs

 

9,487,500

 

 

 9

 

 

163,109

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

163,118

 

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

 

25,450,440

 

 

26

 

 

117,888

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

117,914

 

Conversion of redeemable common stock

 

113,294

 

 

 —

 

 

2,852

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,852

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,075

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,075

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(42)

 

 

(42)

 

Net loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(58,020)

 

 

 —

 

 

(58,020)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

 

38,524,922

 

 

38

 

 

309,078

 

 

(130,510)

 

 

(42)

 

 

178,564

 

Exercise of stock options

 

594,555

 

 

 1

 

 

2,523

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,524

 

Exercise of warrants

 

107,931

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,723

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,723

 

Warrants issued

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,717

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,717

 

Issuance of stock in acquisition

 

6,955,796

 

 

 7

 

 

108,260

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

108,267

 

Issuance of stock

 

18,359

 

 

 —

 

 

250

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

250

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

41

 

 

41

 

Net loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(74,216)

 

 

 —

 

 

(74,216)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

46,201,563

 

 

46

 

 

435,551

 

 

(204,726)

 

 

(1)

 

 

230,870

 

Exercise of stock options

 

1,166,947

 

 

 1

 

 

10,836

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

10,837

 

Exercise of warrants

 

138,903

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Issuance of restricted stock units

 

60,000

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Issuance of stock under employee stock purchase plan

 

127,510

 

 

 —

 

 

2,153

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,153

 

Issuance of stock in acquisition

 

1,855,078

 

 

 2

 

 

66,178

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

66,180

 

Equity component of Convertible Senior Notes, net of issuance costs

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

62,404

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

62,404

 

Stock-based compensation (1)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

30,666

 

 

(69)

 

 

 —

 

 

30,597

 

Follow-On Offerings

 

11,984,100

 

 

12

 

 

258,542

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

258,554

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,090

 

 

4,090

 

Net loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(106,782)

 

 

 —

 

 

(106,782)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

61,534,101

 

$

61

 

$

866,330

 

$

(311,577)

 

$

4,089

 

$

558,903

 

 

 

(1)

The $0.1 million adjustment to accumulated deficit represents the adoption of ASU 2016-09 for cumulative forfeitures expense. See Note 2 for additional information.

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-6


 

Table of Contents

TELADOC, INC.

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Cash flows used in operating activities:

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

 

Net loss

 

$

(106,782)

 

$

(74,216)

 

$

(58,020)

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

19,095

 

 

8,270

 

 

4,863

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

1,731

 

 

2,412

 

 

2,034

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

30,597

 

 

7,723

 

 

3,075

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(306)

 

 

510

 

 

36

 

Accretion of interest

 

 

6,382

 

 

262

 

 

460

 

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

14,122

 

 

7,717

 

 

 —

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

798

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(3,659)

 

 

(2,900)

 

 

(6,795)

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(2,003)

 

 

(826)

 

 

(957)

 

Other assets

 

 

98

 

 

(42)

 

 

 5

 

Accounts payable

 

 

1,534

 

 

(813)

 

 

(612)

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

4,292

 

 

(2,301)

 

 

3,457

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

3,768

 

 

1,688

 

 

2,887

 

Other liabilities

 

 

(3,310)

 

 

641

 

 

1,588

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(34,441)

 

 

(51,875)

 

 

(47,181)

 

Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(2,633)

 

 

(2,108)

 

 

(6,275)

 

Purchase of internal-use software

 

 

(2,882)

 

 

(1,304)

 

 

(1,542)

 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

 

(149,261)

 

 

(44,146)

 

 

(103,030)

 

Proceeds from marketable securities

 

 

85,753

 

 

110,717

 

 

20,411

 

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 

 

(379,356)

 

 

(37,013)

 

 

(17,767)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(448,379)

 

 

26,146

 

 

(108,203)

 

Cash flows provided by financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from the exercise of stock options

 

 

10,837

 

 

2,524

 

 

428

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes

 

 

263,722

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Proceeds from borrowing under bank and other debt

 

 

166,679

 

 

34,990

 

 

6,800

 

Repayment of bank borrowings and other debt

 

 

(226,440)

 

 

(17,166)

 

 

(6,332)

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

258,554

 

 

250

 

 

163,118

 

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

 

 

2,153

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Cash for withholding taxes on stock-based awards, net

 

 

(74)

 

 

80

 

 

 —

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

475,431

 

 

20,678

 

 

164,014

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(7,389)

 

 

(5,051)

 

 

8,630

 

Foreign exchange difference

 

 

191

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

 

 

50,015

 

 

55,066

 

 

46,436

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

 

$

42,817

 

$

50,015

 

$

55,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

137

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

9,450

 

$

2,387

 

$

1,995

 

 

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

F-7


 

Table of Contents

TELADOC, INC.

 

Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

 

Teladoc, Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Teladoc”, or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Texas in June 2002 and changed its state of incorporation to the State of Delaware in October 2008. The Company’s principal executive offices are located in Purchase, New York and Lewisville, Texas. Teladoc is the nation’s largest telehealth company.  

 

The Company completed the acquisition of Best Doctors Holdings, Inc. (“Best Doctors”), in July 2017, an expert medical consultation company focused on improving health outcomes for the most complex, critical and costly medical issues, HY Holdings, Inc. (“HealthiestYou”) in July 2016, a leading telehealth consumer engagement technology platform for the small to mid-sized employer market and Compile, Inc. d/b/a BetterHelp (“BetterHelp”) and Stat Health Services Inc. (“StatDoc”) in 2015, three companies engaged in telehealth activities similar to those of Teladoc. Upon the effective date of each respective merger, each entity merged with and into Teladoc.

On December 4, 2017, Teladoc completed a follow on public offering (the “December Offering”) in which the Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million.

On January 24, 2017, Teladoc completed a follow on public offering (the “January Offering”) in which the Company issued and sold 7,887,500 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of $16.75 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $123.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million.

On July 7, 2015, Teladoc closed on its initial public offering (the “IPO”) in which the Company issued and sold 9,487,500 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of $19.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $163.1 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $12.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $4.5 million. On July 7, 2015, all of the Company’s then-outstanding convertible preferred stock converted into an aggregate of 25.5 million shares of common stock and all of the Company’s redeemable common stock converted into 113,294 shares of common stock.

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the results of Teladoc, two professional associations and twenty two professional corporations and a service corporation (collectively, the “Association”).

 

Teladoc Physicians, P.A. is party to several Services Agreements by and among it and the professional corporations pursuant to which each professional corporation provides services to Teladoc Physicians, P.A. Each professional corporation is established pursuant to the requirements of its respective domestic jurisdiction governing the corporate practice of medicine.

 

The Company holds a variable interest in the Association which contracts with physicians and other health professionals in order to provide services to Teladoc. The Association is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”) since it does not have sufficient equity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. An enterprise having a controlling financial interest in a VIE, must consolidate the VIE if it has both power and benefits—that is, it has (1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance (power) and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE or

F-8


 

Table of Contents

the right to receive benefits from the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE (benefits). The Company has the power and rights to control all activities of the Association and funds and absorbs all losses of the VIE.

 

Total revenue and net loss for the VIE were $33.2 million and $(7.0) million, $22.5 million and $(8.6) million and $13.9 million and $(7.3) million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The VIE’s total assets all of which were current were $4.5 million and $2.9 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Total liabilities all of which were current for the VIE were $36.5 million and $27.8 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The VIE total stockholders’ deficit was $32.0 million and $25.0 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 

Business Combinations

 

The Company accounts for its business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the acquisition date fair values of the assets transferred and liabilities assumed by the Company to the sellers and equity instruments issued. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired or assumed are measured separately at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of (i) the total costs of acquisition over (ii) the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the acquiree is recorded as goodwill.

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, current business factors, and various other assumptions that the Company believes are necessary to consider to form a basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities, the recorded amounts of revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company is subject to uncertainties such as the impact of future events, economic and political factors, and changes in the Company’s business environment; therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates. Accordingly, the accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating environment evolves.

Changes in estimates are made when circumstances warrant. Such changes in estimates and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected in reported results of operations; if material, the effects of changes in estimates are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Significant estimates and assumptions by management affect the allowance for doubtful accounts, the carrying value of long‑lived assets (including goodwill and intangible assets), the carrying value, capitalization and amortization of software development costs, client performance guarantees, the calculation of a contingent liability in connection with an earn‑out, the provision for income taxes and related deferred tax accounts, certain accrued liabilities, revenue recognition, contingencies, litigation and related legal accruals and the value attributed to employee stock options and other stock‑based awards.

 

Segment Information

The Company’s chief operating decision maker, its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating its financial performance. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment—health services. Revenue earned by foreign operations outside of the United States were $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and zero in 2016. Long-lived assets of foreign operations totaled $0.2 million as of December 31, 2017. These foreign operations were acquired in connection with the Best Doctors’ acquisition in July 2017.

 

F-9


 

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue from Clients on a contractually recurring, per-Member-per-month, subscription access fee basis. In addition, the Company generates additional revenue on a per-telehealth general medical visit basis, through a visit fee. Certain of the Company’s Client contracts generate revenue for expert second opinions on a per case basis. Subscription access fees are paid by the Company’s Clients on behalf of their employees, dependents, policy holders, cardholders, beneficiaries or themselves, while general medical and other specialty visit fees are paid by either Clients or Members.

The Company recognizes subscription access fees and visit and second opinion access fees on a monthly basis when the following criteria are met: (i) there is an executed subscription agreement, (ii) the Member has access to the service, (iii) the services are performed , (iv) collection of the fees is reasonably assured and (v) the amount of fees to be paid by the Client and Member is fixed and determinable. The Company’s agreements generally have a term of one year.

 

Subscription Access Revenue

 

Subscription access revenue recognition commences on the date that the Company’s services are made available to the Client, which is considered the implementation date, provided all of the other criteria described above are met. Revenue is recognized over the term of the Client contract and is based on the terms in the Client contracts, which can provide for a variable periodic fee based upon the actual number of Members or utilization.

 

Revenue From Visit Fees

Revenue from visits is comprised of all revenue that is earned in connection with the completion of a visit. The Company recognizes revenue as the visits are completed.

 

The Company’s contracts do not generally contain refund provisions for fees earned related to services performed. However, the Company’s direct-to-consumer behavioral health product provides for refunds for services for periods that have yet to be performed. The Company issued refunds of approximately $3.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Additionally, certain of the Company’s contracts include client performance guarantees that are based upon minimum Member utilization and guarantees by the Company for specific service level performance of the Company’s services. If client performance guarantees are not being realized, the Company deducts from revenue an estimate of the amount that will be due at the end of the respective client’s contractual period. The Company issued credits amounting to approximately $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue primarily consists of fees paid to the Providers, costs incurred in connection with the Company’s Provider network operations center activities, which include employee‑related expenses (including salaries and benefits) as well as costs related to medical records, magnetic resonance imaging, medical lab tests, translation, postage and medical malpractice insurance.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents generally consist of investments in money market funds. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value.

Short-Term Investments

 

The Company holds short-term investments primarily consisting of corporate bonds, commercial paper, U.S. treasuries and asset backed securities with maturities of less than one year. These short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains or losses are recognized in the

F-10


 

Table of Contents

consolidated statements of operations upon disposition of the securities.

 

As of December 31, 2017, there were no short-term investments that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months. The Company does not intend to sell the investment and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment before recovery of their amortized cost bases.

 

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Realized losses for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were less than $0.1 million and were recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. There were no realized losses in 2015.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of accounts. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by considering the collection history and age of each outstanding invoice of each customer to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate. Accounts receivable deemed uncollectable are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective asset as follows:

 

 

 

 

Computer equipment

    

3 years

Furniture and equipment

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements

 

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred while improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of operations in the period realized.

 

Internal‑Use Software

 

Internal‑use software is included in intangible assets and is amortized on a straight‑line basis over 2 to 5 years. For the Company’s development costs related to its software development tools that enable its Members and Providers to interact, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to minor upgrades, minor enhancements and maintenance activities are expensed as incurred.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually on October 1 or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. The Company’s impairment tests are based on a single operating segment and reporting unit structure. The goodwill impairment test involves a two‑ step process. The first step involves comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated using quoted market prices in active markets of the Company’s stock. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the test is performed by comparing the carrying value of the goodwill in the reporting unit to its implied fair value. An impairment charge is recognized for the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair value.

 

The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test resulted in no impairment charges in any of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


 

Table of Contents

Other intangible assets resulted from business acquisitions and include Client relationships, non‑compete agreements, patents and trademarks. Client relationships are amortized over a period of 2 to 10 years in relation to expected future cash flows, while non‑compete agreements are amortized over a period of 1.5 to 5 years using the straight‑line method. Trademarks are amortized over 3 to 15 years using the straight-line method. Patents are amortized over 3 years using the straight-line method.

 

Long-lived assets (property and equipment, internally developed software, and intangible assets) used in operations are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment loss only if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. In 2015 the Company recorded an impairment loss for certain internally developed software as it was no longer being utilized. The impairment loss of $0.8 million is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. There were no impairment losses in 2017 or 2016.

 

Stock‑Based Compensation

 

Stock‑based compensation for stock options granted is measured based on the grant‑ date fair value of the awards and recognized on a straight‑line basis over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award). The Company estimates the fair value of employee stock options using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model.

 

The Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) permits eligible employees to purchase common stock at a discount through payroll deductions during defined offering periods. Under the ESPP, the Company may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of its common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances. The price at which the stock is purchased is equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an offering period or on the date of purchase.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency for each of our foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average exchange rate during the period. Cumulative translation gains or losses are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) . For the year ended December 31, 2017, realized foreign exchange loss was $0.1 million and was recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. There were no realized foreign exchange gains or losses in 2016 and 2015.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial reporting carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax credit carry forwards and net operating loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

 

The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and a valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts more likely than not expected to be realized.

 

The Company recognizes and measures uncertain tax positions using a two‑ step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of any related appeals or

F-12


 

Table of Contents

litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. The Company evaluates its uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Its evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

New tax legislation, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, was enacted on December 22, 2017. Authoratative accounting guidance requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment. Certain key aspects of the new law are effective January 1, 2018 and other key aspects have an immediate accounting effect for the year ended December 31, 2017. Refer to Note 13.

 

Comprehensive Loss

 

Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and unrealized gains or losses on short-term investments and cumulative translation gains or losses. Unrealized gains or losses are net of any reclassification adjustments for realized gains and losses included in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Net Loss Per Share

 

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock of the Company outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock, including the preferred stock in 2015 and outstanding stock options, warrants and convertible notes, to the extent dilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented as the inclusion of all potential shares of common stock outstanding would have been anti-dilutive.

 

Warranties and Indemnification

 

The Company’s arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying Clients against liabilities if there is a breach of a Client’s data or if the Company’s service infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications.

 

The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer, including any action by the Company, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer or that person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company’s request. The Company maintains director and officer liability insurance coverage that would generally enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company may also be subject to indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of its employees under certain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions.

 

Advertising and Marketing Expenses

 

Advertising and marketing include all communications and campaigns to the Company’s Clients and Members, digital advertising and related employees’ costs and are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, advertising expenses were $45.1 million, $29.5 million and $17.3 million, respectively.

 

Concentrations of Risk and Significant Clients

 

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. Although the Company deposits its cash with multiple financial institutions in U.S. and in foreign countries, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.The Company’s short-term investments are comprised of a portfolio of diverse high credit rating instruments with maturity durations of one year or less.

F-13


 

Table of Contents

 

Revenue from Clients located in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $214.5 million. Revenue from Clients located outside the United States for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $18.8 million.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, substantially all of the Company’s revenue was generated by Clients located in the United States.

 

No Client represented over 10% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

No Client represented over 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2017 and 2015. One Client represented 11% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2016.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

Seasonality

 

The Company typically experiences the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the fourth and first quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as a result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of a calendar year, or the start of each calendar year, the majority of the Company’s new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Additionally, as a result of national seasonal cold and flu trends, the Company experiences the highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth quarters of each year when compared to other quarters of the year. Conversely, the second quarter of the year has historically been the period of lowest utilization of the Company’s Provider network services relative to the other quarters of the year.

 

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. On January 1, 2017, the Company adopted this standard on a modified retrospective basis. A deferred tax asset of approximately $1.3 million was recorded as a cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit alongwith. The Company has also recorded a full valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty regarding the future realization and as a result, there was no change to stockholders’ equity. Additionally, the Company elected to change its policy from estimating forfeitures to recognizing forfeitures when they occur and recorded a cumulative adjustment to accumulated deficit of approximately $0.1 million as of January 1, 2017.

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), to achieve a consistent application of revenue recognition within the U.S., resulting in a single revenue model to be applied by reporting companies under GAAP. Under the new model, recognition of revenue occurs when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, the revised guidance requires that reporting companies disclose the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The revised guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the quarter ending March 31, 2018; early adoption is allowed. The revised guidance is required to be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or modified retrospectively applied with the cumulative effect of initially applying it recognized at the date of initial application. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 utilizing the modified retrospective approach. The Company underwent a process of identifying the various types of revenue streams, performed an evaluation of the components of the associated contractual arrangements and determined that the adoption of the new standard will have no impact on the consolidated financial statements. The Company is in the process of finalizing the associated revised revenue disclosures which will be included in the first

F-14


 

Table of Contents

quarterly filing in 2018.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 outlines a comprehensive lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms of greater than 12 months. It also changes the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. The new guidance must be adopted using the modified retrospective approach and will be effective for the Company starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 3. Fair Value Measurements

 

The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value hierarchy that requires it to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active

markets.

 

Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

 

The Company measures its cash equivalents at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company classifies its cash equivalents within Level 1 because they are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets in active markets and quoted prices directly in active markets.

 

The Company measures its short-term investments at fair value on a recurring basis and classifies such as Level 2. They are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices directly or indirectly in active markets. The short-term investments amortized cost approximates fair value.

 

The Company measures its contingent consideration at fair value on a recurring basis and classifies such as Level 3. The Company estimates the fair value of contingent consideration as the present value of the expected contingent payments, determined using the weighted probability of the possible payments.

 

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using the above input categories (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

39,051

 

$

3,766

 

$

 —

 

$

42,817

Short-term investments

 

$

 —

 

$

79,489

 

$

 —

 

$

79,489

Contingent liability (included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

666

 

$

666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

50,015

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

50,015

Short-term investments

 

$

 —

 

$

15,793

 

$

 —

 

$

15,793

Contingent liability (included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other liabilities)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

3,678

 

$

3,678

 

F-15


 

Table of Contents

There were no transfers between fair value measurement levels during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

The change in fair value of the Company’s contingent liability is recorded in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balance of the Company’s Level 3 contingent liability (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

3,678

Payments earned

 

 

(2,625)

Change in fair value

 

 

(387)

Fair value at December 31, 2017

 

$

666

 

 

 

Note 4. Business Acquisitions

On July 14, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Best Doctors in which Best Doctors became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The aggregate consideration paid was $445.5 million, net of cash acquired of $13.7 million, which was comprised of 1,855,078 shares of Teladoc’s common stock valued at $66.2 million on July 14, 2017, and $379.3 million of cash, subject to post-closing working capital adjustments. The post-closing working capital adjustment was finalized unfavorably to the Company in the amount of $4.3 million. Best Doctors provides technology innovations and services to help employers, health plans and provider organizations to ensure that their members combat medical uncertainty with access to the best medical minds. The acquisition was considered a stock acquisition for tax purposes and accordingly, the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not tax deductible. The total costs related to the acquisition were $9.1 million. The Company recorded $47.0 million of revenue and $0.9 million of net loss from Best Doctors for the period from July 14, 2017 (date of acquisition) through December 31, 2017.

On July 1, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of HealthiestYou in which HealthiestYou became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The aggregate consideration paid was $145.3 million, net of cash acquired of $6.2 million, which was comprised of 6,955,796 shares of Teladoc’s common stock valued at $108.3 million on July 1, 2016, and $37.0 million of cash, subject to post-closing working capital adjustments. The post-closing working capital adjustment was finalized favorably to the Company in the amount of less than $0.1 million. HealthiestYou was a leading telehealth consumer engagement technology platform for the small to mid-sized employer market. HealthiestYou provided end-users with access to telemedicine services including through a web-based portal and a mobile application. Solutions provided by HealthiestYou included 24/7 access to telephone, e-mail, and video conferencing with doctors as well as the convenience of procedure price comparisons, prescription medicine price comparisons, health plan information and benefits eligibility, and location information for wellness service providers. The acquisition was considered a stock acquisition for tax purposes and as such, the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not tax deductible. The total costs related to the acquisition were $6.9 million.

On June 17, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of StatDoc through a merger in which StatDoc became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The aggregate merger consideration paid was $30.1 million, net of cash acquired of $0.4 million, which was comprised of 1,051,033 shares of Teladoc’s common stock valued at $16.8 million and $13.3 million of cash, subject to post-closing working capital adjustments. The post-closing working capital adjustment was finalized favorably to the Company in the amount of less than $0.1 million. Fair value of the common stock was determined based on market data from similar healthcare enterprises. StatDoc was a telemedicine provider, focused on managed care, health system and self-insured clients. The acquisition was considered a stock acquisition for tax purposes and as such, the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not tax deductible. The total associated costs of the acquisition were $0.3 million.

On January 23, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of BetterHelp through a merger in which BetterHelp became a wholly‑owned subsidiary of the Company. The merger consideration paid by the Company in connection with this acquisition consisted of (i) $3.3 million net of cash acquired and (ii) earn‑out payments equal to a percentage of the annual net revenue of the BetterHelp business for four years following closing. The Company computed the value of these future payments from internally produced revenue projections and recorded a contingent

F-16


 

Table of Contents

liability in the amount of $2.4 million which is considered as additional purchase consideration. The Company also issued an unsecured, subordinated promissory note in the amount of $1.0 million, with all principal and interest at a rate of 5% per annum being payable on the third anniversary of the closing to the selling shareholder and another executive of BetterHelp. If the employment of the promissory note holders is terminated, then they forfeit their right to receive the promissory note. As such, the Company has determined the promissory note to be compensatory and is accruing the expense over the service term. In December 2015, the Company agreed to pay the full amount plus interest in January 2016 and, as a result, accelerated the recording of compensation expense in 2015. In November 2017, the Company agreed to reduce the earn-out term by one year and reduced the contingent liability accordingly. BetterHelp was acquired to help the Company expand its operations in the direct‑to‑consumer behavioral health sector. The acquisition was considered a stock acquisition for tax purposes and as such, the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not tax deductible. The total costs of the transaction were $0.1 million.

The acquisitions described above were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The results of the acquisitions were integrated within the Company’s existing business on the respective aforementioned acquisition dates.

The following table summarizes the fair value estimates of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in 2017 and 2016 at each acquisition date. The Company, with the assistance of a third-party valuation expert, estimated the fair value of the acquired tangible and intangible assets.

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

BestDoctors

 

HealthiestYou

    

 

Purchase price, net of cash acquired

 

$

445,535

 

$

145,280

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

11,205

 

 

1,184

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

2,650

 

 

1,289

 

 

Other assets

 

 

2,483

 

 

248

 

 

Client relationships

 

 

112,810

 

 

10,930

 

 

Non-compete agreements

 

 

 —

 

 

70

 

 

Internal-use software

 

 

8,480

 

 

2,220

 

 

Trademarks

 

 

24,920

 

 

1,180

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(393)

 

 

(836)

 

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

(11,800)

 

 

 —

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

(12,337)

 

 

(2,847)

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

307,517

 

$

131,842

 

 

 

The amount allocated to goodwill reflects the benefits Teladoc expects to realize from the growth of the respective acquisitions operations.

The Company’s unaudited pro forma revenue and net loss for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 below have been prepared as if Best Doctors and HealthiestYou had been purchased on January 1, 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma

 

 

 

 

Year Ended 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

Revenue

    

    

$

285,858

    

$

224,189

 

Net loss

 

 

$

(109,906)

 

$

(93,508)

 

The unaudited pro forma financial information above is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s consolidated results actually would have been if the acquisitions had been completed at the beginning of the respective periods. In addition, the unaudited pro forma information above does not attempt to project the Company’s future results.

 

 

 

F-17


 

Table of Contents

Note 5. Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment, net, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Computer equipment

 

$

9,506

 

$

7,059

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

1,555

 

 

1,081

 

Leasehold improvement

 

 

5,795

 

 

3,559

 

Construction in progress

 

 

131

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

 

16,987

 

 

11,699

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(8,024)

 

 

(4,220)

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

8,963

 

$

7,479

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $3.8 million, $2.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

 

Note 6. Intangible Assets, Net

 

Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

    

Useful

    

 

 

    

Accumulated

    

Net Carrying

    

Remaining

 

 

 

Life

 

Gross Value

 

Amortization

 

Value

 

Useful Life

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client relationships

 

2 to 10 years  

 

$

136,362

 

$

(14,711)

 

$

121,651

 

9.3

 

Non-compete agreements

 

1.5 to 5 years

 

 

3,480

 

 

(3,143)

 

 

337

 

0.8

 

Trademarks

 

3 to 15 years  

 

 

26,454

 

 

(1,502)

 

 

24,952

 

14.2

 

Patents

 

3 years  

 

 

200

 

 

(72)

 

 

128

 

1.9

 

Internal-use software

 

2 to 5 years

 

 

20,312

 

 

(7,569)

 

 

12,743

 

1.7

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

 

$

186,808

 

$

(26,997)

 

$

159,811

 

 9.4

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client relationships

 

2 to 10 years  

 

$

22,581

 

$

(6,226)

 

$

16,355

 

8.5

 

Non-compete agreements

 

1.5 to 5 years

 

 

3,480

 

 

(2,344)

 

 

1,136

 

1.6

 

Trademarks

 

3 years  

 

 

1,320

 

 

(287)

 

 

1,033

 

2.4

 

Patents

 

3 years  

 

 

200

 

 

(6)

 

 

194

 

2.9

 

Internal-use software

 

3 to 5 years

 

 

8,976

 

 

(2,819)

 

 

6,157

 

3.0

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

 

$

36,557

 

$

(11,682)

 

$

24,875

 

6.5

 

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $15.3 million, $6.1 million and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-18


 

Table of Contents

Periodic amortization that will be charged to expense over the remaining life of the intangible assets as of December 31, 2017 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2018

    

$

27,295

 

2019

 

 

25,466

 

2020

 

 

20,140

 

2021

 

 

18,961

 

2022

 

 

15,802

 

Thereafter

 

 

52,147

 

 

 

$

159,811

 

 

 

Note 7. Goodwill

 

Goodwill consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

    

2017

 

2016

 

Beginning balance

 

$

188,184

 

$

56,342

 

Additions associated with acquisitions

 

 

307,517

 

 

131,842

 

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

2,819

 

 

 -

 

Goodwill

 

$

498,520

 

$

188,184

 

 

Goodwill in not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually on October 1 or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test resulted in no impairment charges in any of the period presented in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Note 8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

As of December 31,

    

As of December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Professional fees

 

$

1,325

 

$

292

 

Consulting fees/provider fees

 

 

4,028

 

 

1,687

 

Client performance guarantees

 

 

2,617

 

 

431

 

Legal fees

 

 

759

 

 

897

 

Interest payable

 

 

367

 

 

389

 

Marketing

 

 

524

 

 

142

 

Earnout and compensation

 

 

722

 

 

1,045

 

Printing and postage

 

 

302

 

 

 —

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

4,111

 

 

1,002

 

Other

 

 

4,602

 

 

2,096

 

Total

 

$

19,357

 

$

7,981

 

 

 

F-19


 

Table of Contents

Note 9. Long Term Bank and Other Debt

 

Long‑term bank and other debt consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

As of December 31,

    

As of December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

SVB Mezzanine Term Loan

 

$

 —

 

$

25,000

 

SVB Line of Credit Facility less debt discount of $66

 

 

 —

 

 

17,424

 

Subordinated Promissory Note

 

 

 —

 

 

2,000

 

Total

 

 

 —

 

 

44,424

 

Less: current portion of Subordinated Promissory Note

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,000)

 

Long term bank and other debt

 

$

 —

 

$

42,424

 

 

Long term bank and other debt were stated at amortized cost, which approximated fair value.

On July 14, 2017 and concurrent with the consummation of the Best Doctors acquisition, the Company entered into a $175.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”) and a $10.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the New Term Loan Facility, the “New Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). The New Term Loan Facility had been used to fund the purchase of Best Doctors and the New Revolving Credit Facility is available for working capital and other general corporate purposes. In December 2017, the Company used the proceeds from the December Offering and repaid all the outstanding amounts under the $175.0 million New Term Loan Facility, including early termination and wrote-off deferred origination fees of $12.6 million which is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt. The Company has maintained the New Revolving Credit Facility and there is no amount outstanding as of December 31, 2017.

The New Term Loan Facility carried interest at a rate of 7.25% above fixed 90 days Libor of 1.24% (or 8.49%) and matured in July 2022. Interest payments were payable monthly in arrears. The New Revolving Credit Facility carries interest at a rate of 7.25% above fixed 90- days Libor of 1.24% and matures in July 2020. The Company is also required to pay a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the New Revolving Credit Facility at 0.50%. The Company incurred expenses of $8.3 million in conjunction with obtaining the New Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

In July 2016, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) that provided for a $25.0 million Mezzanine Term Loan and a $25 million Line of Credit Facility. The Mezzanine Term Loan carried interest at a rate of 6.25% above the Wall Street Journal or WSJ Prime Rate with a WSJ Prime Rate floor of 3.75% and matured in July 2019. Interest payments were payable monthly in arrears. The Company incurred a $250,000 loan origination fee and was liable for a final payment fee of $750,000 payable at maturity or upon prepayment of the Mezzanine Term Loan. In connection with entry into the Mezzanine Term Loan, the Company granted two affiliates of SVB warrants to purchase an aggregate of 798,694 shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $13.50 per share. The warrants were immediately exercisable and had a 10-year term. The fair value of the common stock warrants on the date of issue was approximately $7.7 million. The Company also granted SVB a security interest in significantly all of the Company’s assets. The Mezzanine Term Loan had been used to fund the expansion of the Company’s business.

 

The amended Line of Credit Facility provided for borrowings up to $25.0 million based on 300% of the Company’s monthly recurring revenue, as defined. In addition, there was an additional $25.0 million Uncommitted Incremental Facility permitted under the Line of Credit Facility. The Line of Credit Facility carried interest at a rate of 0.50% above the WSJ Prime Rate and matured in July 2019. The Company incurred an initial $75,000 loan origination fee and was responsible for additional $75,000 in annual fees on the anniversary of the Line of Credit Facility. The Company was also liable for a $50,000 loan arrangement fee if and when the Company utilized the Uncommitted Incremental Facility.

 

On July 13, 2017, the Company repaid and extinguished all the outstanding amounts under both of the SVB Line of Credit Facility and Mezzanine Term Loan of $17.5 million and $25.0 million, respectively, including early

F-20


 

Table of Contents

termination and deferred origination fees of $1.5 million which was reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt and accrued expense of $0.2 million.

 

Effective with an acquisition in 2014, the Company executed a Subordinated Promissory Note in the amount of $3.5 million payable to the seller on April 30, 2015. The Subordinated Promissory Note carried interest at a rate of 10.00% annual interest and was subordinated to the SVB Facilities. In March 2015, the Company, the seller of AmeriDoc and SVB executed an Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note that extended the maturity of the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note to April 30, 2017. In November 2015, the Company executed the Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note with a revised annual interest rate of 7.00% commencing on January 1, 2016 and extended the maturity of the Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note to April 30, 2018 with a seller put option effective on April 30, 2017. The Company repaid $1.0 million during 2016 and the remaining outstanding amount of $2.0 million was paid during the first quarter of 2017.

 

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

 

Note 10. Convertible Senior Notes

On June 27, 2017, the Company issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”). The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2017. The 2022 Notes mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $11.3 million.

The 2022 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank senior in right of payment to the Company’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2022 Notes; equal in right of payment to the Company’s liabilities that is not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries.

Holders may convert all or any portion of their 2022 Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at their option, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding June 15, 2022 only under the following circumstances:

· during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2017 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the shares of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day;

· during the five business day period after any ten consecutive trading day period (the ‘‘measurement period’’) in which the trading price (as defined in the 2022 Notes Indenture) per $1,000 principal amount of 2022 Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day;

· upon the occurrence of specified corporate events described under the 2022 Notes Indenture; or

· if the Company calls the 2022 Notes for redemption, at any time until the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the redemption date as described under the 2022 Notes Indenture.

· On or after June 15, 2022, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2022 Notes, in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the option of the holder regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

The conversion rate for the 2022 Notes was initially, and remains, 22.7247 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2022 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately

F-21


 

Table of Contents

$44.00 per share of the Company’s common stock. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election. If the Company elects (or are deemed to have elected) to satisfy the conversion obligation solely in cash or through payment and delivery, as the case may be, of a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, the amount of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, if any, due upon conversion will be based on a daily conversion value calculated on a proportionate basis for each trading day in a 25 trading day observation period (as defined in the 2022 Notes Indenture).

The Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the 2022 Notes, at its option, on or after December 22, 2020 if the last reported sale price of its common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of the redemption. The redemption price will be the principal amount of the 2022 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, calling any 2022 Note for redemption on or after December 22, 2020 will constitute a make-whole fundamental change with respect to that 2022 Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Note, if it is converted in connection with the redemption, will be increased in certain circumstances as described in the 2022 Notes Indenture.

In accounting for the issuance of the 2022 Notes, the Company separated the 2022 Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of the 2022 Notes as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount, referred to as the debt discount, is amortized to interest expense from the issuance date to June 15, 2022 (the first date on which the Company may be required to repurchase the 2022 Notes at the option of the holder). The equity component is not re-measured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The equity component related to the 2022 Notes was $62.4 million, net of issuance costs which was recorded in additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company has reserved 8.1 million shares of common stock for the 2022 Notes.

In accounting for the transaction costs related to the issuance of the 2022 Notes, the Company allocated the total costs incurred to the liability and equity components of the 2022 Notes based on their relative values. Transaction costs attributable to the liability component are being amortized to interest expense over the five and a half year term of the 2022 Notes, and transaction costs attributable to the equity component are netted with the equity components in stockholders’ equity.

 

The 2022 Notes consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

Liability component

    

2017

Principal

 

$

275,000

Less: Debt issuance costs, net (1)

 

 

(67,630)

Net carrying amount

 

$

207,370


(1)

Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets within convertible senior notes and amortized to interest expense over the expected life of the 2022 Notes using the effective interest rate method.

 

The fair value of the 2022 Notes was approximately $310 million as of December 31, 2017. The Company estimates the fair value of its 2022 Notes utilizing market quotations for debt that have quoted prices in active markets. Since the 2022 Notes do not trade on a daily basis in an active market, the fair value estimates are based on market observable inputs based on borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and average maturities, which are classified as Level 2 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. See Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” for definitions of hierarchy levels. As of December 31, 2017, the remaining contractual life of the 2022 Notes is approximately 5 years.

 

F-22


 

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth total interest expense recognized related to the 2022 Notes (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2017

  

Contractual interest expense

 

$

4,227

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

6,052

 

Total

 

$

10,279

 

Effective interest rate of the liability component

 

 

10.0

%  

 

 

Note 11. Leases and Contractual Obligations

 

Operating Leases

 

The Company leases office space under non‑cancelable operating leases in the United States and various international locations. As of December 31, 2017, the future minimum lease payments under non‑cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Operating

 

 

 

Leases

 

2018

 

$

6,711

 

2019

 

 

5,276

 

2020

 

 

4,119

 

2021

 

 

3,554

 

2022

 

 

3,115

 

2023 and thereafter

 

 

5,266

 

 

 

$

28,041

 

 

All of the total future minimum lease payments relate to facilities space. The facility lease agreements generally provide for rental payments on a graduated basis and for options to renew, which could increase future minimum lease payments if exercised. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight‑line basis over the lease period and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid. Deferred rent represents the difference between actual operating lease payments due and straight‑line rent expense. The excess is recorded as a deferred rent liability in the early periods of the lease, when cash payments are generally lower than straight‑line rent expense, and are reduced in the later periods of the lease when payments begin to exceed the straight‑line expense. The Company also accounts for leasehold improvement incentives within its deferred rent liability. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $3.8 million, $1.8 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

 

Letter of Credit

 

The Company has $2.3 million letter of credits outstanding relating to its leased office space at December 31, 2017.

 

Note 12. Common Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

Capitalization

Effective May 25, 2017, the authorized number of shares of the Company’s common stock was increased from 75,000,000 to 100,000,000 shares.

On December 4, 2017, Teladoc closed on its December Offering in which the Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million.

F-23


 

Table of Contents

On January 24, 2017, Teladoc closed on its January Offering in which the Company issued and sold 7,887,500 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of $16.75 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $123.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million.

On July 7, 2015, Teladoc completed its IPO in which the Company issued and sold 9,487,500 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of $19.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $163.1 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $12.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $4.5 million. Additionally in conjunction with the IPO, all of the Company’s then-outstanding convertible preferred stock converted into an aggregate of 25.5 million shares of common stock. And all of the Company’s redeemable common stock converted into 113,294 shares of common stock.

 

Warrants

 

In July 2016, in conjunction with the debt refinancing of the Mezzanine Term Loan, the Company issued 798,694 common stock warrants to purchase an aggregate of 798,694 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $13.50 per share to two entities affiliated with SVB. The common stock warrants were immediately exercisable upon issuance and have a 10-year term. The fair value of the common stock warrants on the date of issue was approximately $7.7 million. On December 9, 2016, the Company issued an aggregate of 107,931 shares of common stock resulting from an SVB affiliate cashless exercise of 399,347 of these warrants at an exercise price of $13.50 per share.

 

On January 31, 2017, the Company issued an aggregate of 138,903 shares of common stock resulting from an SVB affiliate’s cashless exercise of the remaining 399,347 of these warrants at an exercise price of $13.50 per share.

 

The Company has no warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 399,347 warrants were outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

 

Stock Plan and Stock Options

 

The Company’s 2015 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the issuance of incentive and nonstatutory options and other equity-based awards to its employees and non‑employees. Options issued under the Plan are exercisable for periods not to exceed ten years, and vest and contain such other terms and conditions as specified in the applicable award document. Prior to becoming a public enterprise and pursuant to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan which is now retired, the Company historically issued incentive and non-statutory stock options with exercise prices equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s board of directors informed by third-party valuations. Subsequent to becoming a public enterprise, options to buy common stock have been issued under the Plan, with exercise prices equal to the closing price of shares of the Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the trading day on the date of grant.

 

F-24


 

Table of Contents

Activity under the Plan is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts and years):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

Weighted-

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Number of

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

Available

 

Shares

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

for Grant

 

Outstanding

 

Price

 

Life in Years

 

Value

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

343,216

 

6,839,868

 

$

11.70

 

8.64

 

$

36,795

 

Increase in Plan authorized shares

 

4,176,722

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

Restricted stock units granted

 

(728,143)

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

Stock option grants

 

(4,039,393)

 

4,039,393

 

$

25.74

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

Restricted stock units forfeited

 

35,028

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

Stock options exercised

 

 —

 

(1,166,947)

 

$

9.29

 

 —

 

$

25,457

 

Stock options forfeited

 

1,316,441

 

(1,316,441)

 

$

19.55

 

 —

 

$

11,649

 

Stock options expired

 

1,985

 

(1,985)

 

$

0.80

 

 —

 

$

64

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

1,105,856

 

8,393,888

 

$

17.56

 

8.36

 

$

145,810

 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2017

 

 

 

8,393,888

 

$

17.56

 

8.36

 

$

145,810

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2017

 

 

 

2,331,937

 

$

9.82

 

7.20

 

$

58,357

 

 

The total grant‑date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $73.8 million, $25.9 million and $10.8 million, respectively.

 

Stock‑Based Compensation

 

All stock‑based awards to employees are measured based on the grant‑date fair value of the awards and are generally recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally requiring a four‑year vesting period for each award). The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model. Compensation cost is generally recognized over the vesting period of the applicable award using the straight‑line method.

 

Given the absence of a public trading market prior to July 2015, the Company’s board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of its common stock at each grant date. These factors included, but were not limited to, (i) contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by unrelated third‑party specialists; (ii) the prices for the preferred stock sold to outside investors; (iii) the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred stock relative to the common stock; (iv) the lack of marketability of the common stock; (v) developments in the business; and (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or a merger or acquisition of the Company, given prevailing market conditions.

 

The assumptions used in the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model were determined as follows:

 

Volatility.  Since the Company does not have a trading history prior to July 2015 for its common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the historical stock volatilities of several unrelated public companies within its industry that it considers to be comparable to its business combined with the Company’s stock volatility post IPO over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants.

 

Risk‑Free Interest Rate.  The risk‑free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero‑coupon issues with terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

Expected Term.  The expected term represents the period that the stock‑based awards are expected to be outstanding. When establishing the expected term assumption, the Company utilized the historical data.

 

Dividend Yield.  The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and therefore, it used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

F-25


 

Table of Contents

Forfeiture rate.  Prior to 2017, the Company used historical data to estimate pre‑ vesting option forfeitures and record stock‑based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. On January 1, 2017, the Company adopted ASU 2016-09 and elected to account for stock option forfeitures as they occur which resulted in a cumulative effect adjustment of $0.1 million recorded to accumulated deficit and additional paid-in capital.

 

The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model with the following assumptions and fair value per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

    

2017

 

2016

    

2015

 

Volatility

 

 

44.8% – 47.7%

 

 

44.7% – 47.8%

 

 

45.4% – 51.0%

 

Expected life (in years)

 

 

6.0

 

 

6.0

 

 

6.9

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

1.81% - 2.30%

 

 

1.09% - 2.29%

 

 

1.85% - 2.06%

 

Dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average fair value of underlying common stock

 

$

12.14

 

$

6.63

 

$

7.09

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded compensation expense related to stock options granted of $17.6 million and $7.4 million, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had $50.1 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to non vested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.9 years.

 

Restricted Stock Units

In May 2017, the Company commenced issuing Restricted Stock Units (“RSU’s”), pursuant to the Plan to certain employees and Board members under the 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

The fair value of the RSU’s is determined on the date of grant. The Company records compensation expense in the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The vesting period for employees and members of the Board of Directors is four years and one year, respectively.

Activity under the RSU’s is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

    

Shares

    

Fair Value Per Share

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

 —

 

$

 —

Granted

 

728,143

 

$

33.99

Vested and issued

 

(60,000)

 

$

35.25

Cancelled/forfeited

 

(35,028)

 

$

34.66

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

633,115

 

$

33.84

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2017

 

240,000

 

$

35.25

Non-vested at December 31, 2017

 

393,115

 

$

33.84

 

The total grant‑date fair value of RSU’s granted for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $24.8 million.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded stock based compensation expense related to the RSU’s of $12.4 million. There was no charge for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In July 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, in connection with its initial public offering. A total of 551,641 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under this plan as of December 31, 2017. The Company’s ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase common stock at a discount through payroll deductions during defined offering periods. Under the ESPP, the Company may specify offerings with durations

F-26


 

Table of Contents

of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of its common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances. The price at which the stock is purchased is equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an offering period or on the date of purchase.

During 2017, the Company issued 127,510 shares under the ESPP. The Company had not issued any shares under the ESPP as of December 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2017, 424,131 shares remained available for issuance.

For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to the ESPP of $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, based on offerings made under the plan to-date, and there was no charge in 2015.

 

Total compensation costs charged as an expense for stock‑based awards, including stock options, RSU’s and ESPP, recognized in the components of operating expenses are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

    

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Administrative and marketing

 

 

 

$

4,584

 

$

514

 

$

83

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

3,503

 

 

1,365

 

 

422

 

Technology and development

 

 

 

 

2,919

 

 

1,322

 

 

337

 

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

19,591

 

 

4,522

 

 

2,233

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

$

30,597

 

$

7,723

 

$

3,075

 

 

 

 

Note 13. Income Taxes

 

The Company follows the provisions of the accounting guidance on accounting for income taxes which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax asset to a level which, more likely than not, will be realized.

 

For financial reporting purposes, income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 include the following components (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Domestic

$

(107,703)

  

$

(73,706)

  

$

(57,984)

International

 

696

  

 

  

 

Total

$

(107,007)

  

$

(73,706)

  

$

(57,984)

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of the following components (in thousands):

F-27


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Current federal

$

 9

  

$

  

$

Current foreign

 

357

  

 

  

 

Total current

 

366

  

 

 —

  

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred federal

 

(273)

  

 

574

  

 

36

Deferred state

 

122

  

 

(64)

  

 

Deferred foreign

 

(440)

  

 

  

 

Total deferred

 

(591)

  

 

510

  

 

36

Total provision / (benefit)

$

(225)

  

$

510

  

$

36

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes. The sources and tax effects of the differences are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

 

 

2016 

    

 

2015

 

 

Tax at federal statutory rate

 

35.0

%

 

35.0

%

 

34.0

%

 

State and local tax

 

2.5

%

 

1.5

%

 

5.5

%

 

Mandatory repatriation net of dividends

 

(3.2)

%

 

 -

%

 

 -

%

 

Non-deductible stock compensation

 

6.6

%

 

(1.7)

%

 

(1.2)

%

 

Non-deductible expenses

 

(0.2)

%

 

(0.5)

%

 

(0.3)

%

 

Foreign tax credit

 

1.2

%

 

 -

%

 

 -

%

 

Change in deferred taxes due to tax legislation

 

(34.5)

%

 

 -

%

 

 -

%

 

Change in valuation allowance due to tax legislation

 

35.3

%

 

 -

%

 

 -

%

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

(43.1)

%

 

(35.1)

%

 

(38.1)

%

 

Other

 

0.6

%

 

0.1

%

 

 -

%

 

Income tax provision

 

0.2

%

 

(0.7)

%

 

(0.1)

%

 

 

F-28


 

Table of Contents

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

95,384

 

$

70,247

 

 

Accrued expenses and compensation

 

 

1,174

 

 

1,088

 

 

Uncertain tax positions, including interest

 

 

297

 

 

116

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

5,828

 

 

2,238

 

 

Foreign tax credits

 

 

7,135

 

 

 —

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

 

426

 

 

(28)

 

 

Other

 

 

36

 

 

37

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

110,280

 

 

73,698

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(73,786)

 

 

(71,202)

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

36,494

 

 

2,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt related

 

 

(13,773)

 

 

2,718

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

(35,627)

 

 

(6,908)

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(49,400)

 

 

(4,190)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(12,906)

 

$

(1,694)

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has a valuation allowance of approximately $73.8 million against most of the domestic net deferred tax assets, for which realization cannot be considered more likely than not at this time. The net deferred tax liability is the result of indefinite lived assets related to amortization of U.S. tax deductible goodwill along with foreign operation timing differences. The increase in the valuation allowance of $2.6 million is due to the acquisition of Best Doctors Holding Inc. and the current year loss in the U.S., the impact of which is mostly offset due to the reduction in the Federal tax rate under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Management assesses the need for the valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and past financial performance. The Company remains in a significant cumulative loss position as of December 31, 2017 and, as a result, management believes a full valuation allowance against all domestic net deferred tax assets, except for the domestic deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite lived intangible assets, is warranted as of December 31, 2017. The valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets may require adjustment in the future based on changes in the mix of temporary differences, changes in tax laws, and operating performance. If and when the Company determines the valuation allowance should be released (i.e., reduced), the adjustment would result in a tax benefit reported in that period’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, the effect of which would be an increase in reported net income. The amount of any such tax benefit associated with release of our valuation allowance in a particular reporting period may be material.

 

H.R. 1, new tax legislation, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act includes significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including amendments which significantly change the taxation of business entities. ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment.

 

Given the significance of the legislation, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), which clarifies accounting for income taxes under ASC 740 if information is not yet available or complete and provided for up to a one year period in which to complete the required analyses and accounting. The SAB summarizes a three-step process to be applied at each reporting period to account for and qualitatively disclose: (1) the effects of the change in tax law for which accounting is complete; (2) provisional amounts (or adjustments to provisional amounts) for the effects of the tax law where accounting is not complete, but that a reasonable estimate has been determined; and (3) a reasonable estimate cannot yet be made and therefore taxes are

F-29


 

Table of Contents

reflected in accordance with law prior to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. During the measurement period, impacts of the law are expected to be recorded at the time a reasonable estimate for all or a portion of the effects can be made, and provisional amounts can be recognized and adjusted as information becomes available, prepared, or analyzed. The Company is continuing to evaluate the impacts of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in accordance with SAB 118.

 

The Tax Act reduces the U.S. statutory tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent for years after 2017. Accordingly, the Company has remeasured the U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 to reflect the reduced rate that will apply in future periods when these deferred taxes will reverse, resulting in a reduction of the net deferred tax assets, by approximately $36.9 million, which is offset by the change in valuation allowance by $37.8 million. The net impact of $0.9 million of deferred tax benefit is principally related to the remeasurement of our deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite-lived intangible assets that are deemed to reverse at the new 21% tax rate. Absent this deferred tax liability, we are in a net deferred tax asset position that is offset by a full valuation allowance.

 

The new law includes a one-time mandatory repatriation transition tax on the net accumulated earnings and profits of a U.S. taxpayer's foreign subsidiaries. The Company has performed an earnings and profits analysis, and as a result, the Company has recognized $9.6 million of earnings in the U.S., net of a dividends received deduction, related to the mandatory repatriation. As the Company is in a net loss position for purposes of U.S. taxation for the year ended December 31, 2017, the impact to taxes is zero as it results in a reduction to the net operating loss created in the current year.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has approximately $400.5 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and $193.5 million of state net operating loss carryforwards. The federal net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2025 and the state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has approximately $7.1 million of foreign tax credits, which begin to expire in 2022.

 

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and foreign tax credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 due to ownership change limitations that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future in accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or Section 382, as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general an ownership change as defined by Section 382 results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain shareholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period.

 

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company establishes reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when we believe that certain positions might be challenged despite our belief that our tax return positions are fully supportable. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Balance on January 1, 2017

    

$

2,705

Additions due to acquisitions

 

 

399

Statute of limitations expirations

 

 

(184)

Balance on December 31, 2017

 

$

2,920

 

The Company does not anticipate that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease in the next 12 months.

 

The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions in the United States and other countries, where applicable. There are currently no pending tax examinations. The Company thus is still open

F-30


 

Table of Contents

under the U.S. statute from 2014 to the present and as early as 2014 to the present for foreign jurisdictions. Earlier years may be examined to the extent that loss carryforwards are used in future periods. There are no tax matters under discussion with taxing authorities that are expected to have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements provide for any related tax liability on amounts that may be repatriated, aside from undistributed earnings of certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in operations outside the U.S. as of December 31, 2017.

 

Note 14. Net Loss per Share

 

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted‑average number of shares of common stock of the Company outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock of the Company, including the preferred stock in 2015 and outstanding stock options, warrants and convertible notes, to the extent dilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented as the inclusion of all potential shares of common stock of the Company outstanding would have been anti‑dilutive. The Company has 8.4 million outstanding stock options, 0.6 million outstanding restricted stock units and 0.1 million issuable shares of common stock associated with the ESPP.

 

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the Company’s common stock (in thousands, except shares and per share data):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

    

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Net loss

 

 

 

$

(106,782)

 

$

(74,216)

 

$

(58,020)

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

 

 

55,427

 

 

42,331

 

 

19,917

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

 

 

$

(1.93)

 

$

(1.75)

 

$

(2.91)

 

 

F-31


 

Table of Contents

 

 

Note 15. Quarterly Statement of Operations

 

The following table sets forth our quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, per share data)

    

1Q16

    

2Q16

 

3Q16

 

4Q16

 

1Q17

 

2Q17

 

3Q17

 

4Q17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

26,888

 

$

26,488

 

$

32,381

 

$

37,400

 

$

42,898

 

$

44,591

 

$

68,650

 

$

77,140

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

7,943

 

 

6,891

 

 

7,112

 

 

10,025

 

 

12,139

 

 

10,026

 

 

16,742

 

 

22,716

 

Gross profit

 

 

18,945

 

 

19,597

 

 

25,269

 

 

27,375

 

 

30,759

 

 

34,565

 

 

51,908

 

 

54,424

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

8,050

 

 

7,804

 

 

9,046

 

 

9,820

 

 

12,616

 

 

12,278

 

 

14,328

 

 

18,441

 

Sales

 

 

5,270

 

 

5,860

 

 

7,662

 

 

7,451

 

 

7,988

 

 

7,324

 

 

11,393

 

 

11,279

 

Technology and development

 

 

5,225

 

 

4,829

 

 

5,867

 

 

5,894

 

 

6,512

 

 

7,537

 

 

9,964

 

 

10,446

 

Legal

 

 

1,122

 

 

1,193

 

 

1,033

 

 

769

 

 

343

 

 

277

 

 

105

 

 

760

 

Regulatory

 

 

848

 

 

772

 

 

817

 

 

721

 

 

1,007

 

 

987

 

 

777

 

 

616

 

Acquisition and integration related costs

 

 

 —

 

 

763

 

 

6,196

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,113

 

 

8,526

 

 

2,557

 

General and administrative

 

 

11,637

 

 

11,280

 

 

12,298

 

 

13,353

 

 

14,488

 

 

15,873

 

 

21,938

 

 

27,482

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,508

 

 

1,558

 

 

2,607

 

 

2,597

 

 

2,607

 

 

2,668

 

 

6,418

 

 

7,402

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(14,715)

 

 

(14,462)

 

 

(20,257)

 

 

(13,230)

 

 

(14,802)

 

 

(14,492)

 

 

(21,541)

 

 

(24,559)

 

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8,454

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,457

 

 

12,665

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

427

 

 

407

 

 

873

 

 

881

 

 

702

 

 

774

 

 

8,202

 

 

7,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before taxes

 

 

(15,142)

 

 

(14,869)

 

 

(29,584)

 

 

(14,111)

 

 

(15,504)

 

 

(15,266)

 

 

(31,200)

 

 

(45,037)

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

 

162

 

 

10

 

 

188

 

 

150

 

 

150

 

 

149

 

 

130

 

 

(654)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(15,304)

 

 

(14,879)

 

 

(29,772)

 

 

(14,261)

 

 

(15,654)

 

 

(15,415)

 

 

(31,330)

 

 

(44,383)

 

GAAP Net Loss per Share

 

$

(0.40)

 

$

(0.38)

 

$

(0.65)

 

$

(0.31)

 

$

(0.30)

 

$

(0.28)

 

$

(0.55)

 

$

(0.76)

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Used in Computing GAAP Net Loss per Share - Basic and Diluted

 

 

38,584

 

 

38,717

 

 

45,860

 

 

46,082

 

 

52,193

 

 

54,573

 

 

56,493

 

 

58,371

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 16. 401(k) Plan

 

The Company has established a 401(k) plan that qualifies as a deferred compensation arrangement under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. All employees over the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the plan. The Company contributes 100% of eligible employee’s elective deferral up to 4% of $0.3 million of eligible earnings. The Company made matching contributions to participants’ accounts totaling $1.7 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Note 17. Legal Matters

 

The Company may become subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business. At December 31, 2017, the Company is not a party to any material legal proceeding, and it is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that would have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition should such litigation be resolved unfavorably.

 

 

 

 

F-32